One of the benefits of opting for a cruise vacation is that you never have to worry about where you’ll eat. Be it quick-serve, room service, the dining room, or specialty restaurants, most lines have you covered with a plethora of meal options.

That’s certainly the case on Holland America Line’s Pinnacle Class ships. I recently had the opportunity to join a 5-day North Sea sailing on board the new Rotterdam and not once did I feel even the slightest twinge of hunger. With HAL’s commitment to dining excellence and experience via their Culinary Council, there’s something to please every palate from haute cuisine to fast-food favorites.

Here are a few dishes that really shone during my sailing, listed in no particular order. 

1. Cashew Barramundi With Red Thai Curry

Tamarind

Tamarind is one of several specialty restaurants on board HAL’s Pinnacle ships. While you’ll pay an upcharge to dine here, it’s well worth it. The Asian-fusion menu blends Chinese, Southeast Asian, and Japanese flavors for a meal that truly stands out, even on a ship with so many dining options! Many of the sharable appetizer plates were seafood-forward and delicious, but there were starters for carnivores and vegetarians as well. I opted for the barramundi as my entrée; the Asian sea bass was prepared perfectly, as were the veggies sauteed on the side. Thai basil gave the entire dish a perfect, herbaceous zip.

2. Specialty Sushi Rolls

Nami

On a different night, I decided to head to Nami to get my sushi fix. Like all of the seafood served on board, the rolls I sampled were incredibly fresh and the quality of the cuts stood on their own. They were simply served; no funky sauces or a bunch of other ingredients to get in the way. The other thing I loved about Nami is that it’s a small, quiet space, and you can easily snag a seat at the bar if you want to watch the expert chefs at work. This is also a specialty restaurant, but unlike Tamarind, you pay ala carte as opposed to prix fixe.

3. Dover Sole Meuniere

Rudy’s Sel De Mer

Of course, I wanted to get the French-Med take on the bountiful seafood and produce on board, so I also had dinner at Rudy’s Sel de Mer. While the smoked salmon was a visual showstopper (served under a glass cloche that emitted a delicate puff of smoke when lifted at the table), and the baguette and various tapenades served before my meal were terrific, I really loved the whole Dover sole meuniere. The flat, delicate fish was cooked in the traditional way, sauteed to simple perfection with tapenade, lemon, and fresh parsley on the side. 

4. Filet Mignon

Pinnacle Grill

Lest you think Holland America’s culinary offerings only target pescatarians, let’s move on to the Pinnacle Grill — the specialty steak and chophouse. Here’s where you’ll get your red meat fix in, with cuts of aged beef in all sizes and styles. I couldn’t even think about putting away a porterhouse on my own, so I opted for the petite filet mignon. It was so tender and delicate, yet had that robust beefy flavor you’d expect from such a fine cut. I paired mine with asparagus, but the mac and cheese looked divine, as did the famous clothesline candied bacon appetizer!

5. Chopped Steak Dinner

Main Dining Room

I was fortunate to be on board one of Holland America’s Heritage sailings, designed to celebrate the line’s 150th anniversary. There were lectures and artifacts detailing HAL’s history, and that rich tradition also came through on the menu. One evening, we were all invited to sample entrées from archived menus. I chose the chopped steak. It reminded me a bit of an extremely elevated TV dinner, in the best way possible. It was a nostalgic and delicious taste of the past, and I’m sure such dishes provided comfort to the thousands of immigrants Holland America transported to their new homes in America or Canada.

6. Dungeness Crab Eggs Benedict

Main Dining Room

I’m not going to lie, when cruising, I usually opt for a room service breakfast. It allows me to get a great workout in, eat in the privacy of my room, then shower and go. That said, getting dressed early and heading to the dining room for Holland America’s Dungeness crab eggs Benedict was well worth the effort. The chefs took an already decadent dish and elevated it with sweet crab and asparagus… but it wasn’t so heavy that I felt weighed down. It was a brilliant breakfast and got me well-fueled for the day ahead.

7. Dutch High Tea

Dining Room

When I noticed a traditional Dutch tea service was on offer during my sailing, I decided to make time and save room for it. I was so glad I did and the experience definitely qualified as an entire meal! The tea, while black and not my preference of green, was steeped lightly enough that a tiny splash of cream cut the malty taste. Everyone taking part was presented with a traditional silver high tea stand, with traditional sandwiches at the bottom (watercress and smoked salmon, of course!) and decadent pastries toward the top. It was the perfect midday meal!

8. Desserts

Grand Dutch Café

Finally, the essential question: Desserts qualify as a meal, right? If you’re on vacation, absolutely. And to find some of the best on HAL’s Pinnacle Class ships, head straight to the Grand Dutch Café. Here, you’ll find light cocktails, specialty coffees including lattes, and the most decadent desserts ever. Pastry fans will love the Poffertjes, or Dutch pancakes, but my favorite was the Bossche bol — an enormous chocolate-covered cream puff.

Pro Tip: If you think you want to dine at one of HAL’s specialty restaurants on board its Pinnacle Line ships (and you should!) make sure to book your reservations ahead. These hotspots often fill up quickly.

These cruise lines have been recognized for their exceptional service, luxurious amenities, unforgettable experiences, and unparalleled customer satisfaction. So, without further ado, let’s embark on a journey to discover the best cruise lines, as chosen by our readers.

1. Royal Caribbean International (Winner)

Royal Caribbean International takes the top spot on our list and it’s no surprise why. With their innovative ships, thrilling onboard activities like rock climbing and surfing, Broadway-style entertainment, and world-class dining options, Royal Caribbean offers an unforgettable experience for all travelers. From Caribbean adventures to Mediterranean voyages, their itineraries cater to diverse interests, ensuring a truly remarkable cruise experience.

2. Viking Cruises

Last year’s winner gets knocked down to #2. Renowned for its elegant ships and immersive cultural experiences, Viking Cruises takes cruising to a whole new level. Offering destination-focused itineraries and smaller vessels that can navigate through picturesque rivers and stunning coastlines, Viking Cruises provides a more intimate and enriching journey. Impeccable service, enriching onboard lectures, and exquisite regional cuisine make each voyage with Viking a true exploration of culture and history.

Taking a cruise with Viking? Here are 11 Viking Cruise Line Secrets No One Tells You and 5 Important Things To Do To Prepare For Your Viking Cruise.

3. Holland America Line

Coming in third place, Holland America Line combines timeless elegance with modern amenities, appealing to discerning travelers seeking refined experiences. With a fleet of mid-sized ships, Holland America Line provides an intimate atmosphere and personalized service. From Alaska’s breathtaking glaciers to Europe’s captivating ports, their carefully curated itineraries offer a mix of iconic destinations and hidden gems. Culinary delights, engaging enrichment programs, and an array of entertainment options further elevate the onboard experience.

4. Princess Cruises

Princess Cruises has been enchanting passengers for decades with its dedication to exceptional service and a diverse range of itineraries. Known for luxurious ships, Princess Cruises offers a plethora of onboard activities, including world-class entertainment, gourmet dining, and rejuvenating spa experiences. Whether you’re sailing through the stunning fjords of Norway or exploring the tropical paradise of the South Pacific, Princess Cruises ensures a seamless vacation filled with unforgettable moments.

5. Celebrity Cruises

For those seeking a sophisticated and upscale cruising experience, Celebrity Cruises is a perfect choice. Combining modern luxury, stylish design, and exceptional service, their ships redefine elegance on the high seas. For foodies, Celebrity Cruises offers a variety of specialty dining options and culinary-centric onboard activities, including cooking classes and wine tastings. From the stunning beaches of the Caribbean to the iconic landmarks of Europe, itineraries cater to both relaxation and exploration.

6. Disney Cruise Line

A favorite among families, Disney Cruise Line ensures a magical and unforgettable vacation for both children and adults alike. Combining Disney’s signature entertainment, character meet-and-greets, and Broadway-style shows with world-class dining and exciting deck parties, Disney Cruise Line creates an immersive experience that transports guests into a fairy-tale world. From the Caribbean to the Mediterranean, their itineraries offer enchanting destinations and exceptional service that keeps families coming back for more.

7. Norwegian Cruise Line

Synonymous with freedom and flexibility, Norwegian Cruise Line offers a Freestyle Cruising experience that allows passengers to create their own perfect vacation. With a wide range of dining options, exciting entertainment choices, and a multitude of onboard activities, Norwegian Cruise Line ensures that every guest can tailor their experience to suit their preferences. Whether you’re looking for a thrilling adventure on the water slides or a peaceful retreat at the spa, Norwegian Cruise Line has it all. Their diverse itineraries, which span from the Caribbean to Europe and beyond, provide ample opportunities for exploration and discovery.

8. Carnival Cruise Line

Its lively and fun-filled atmosphere makes Carnival Cruise Line a top choice for those seeking a vibrant and energetic cruise experience. Carnival offers an array of exciting onboard activities, from water parks and thrilling waterslides to high-energy shows and lively nightclubs. Dining options cater to every taste and preference, ensuring a delightful culinary journey. Carnival Cruise Line’s itineraries cover a wide range of destinations, including the Caribbean, Mexico, and the Bahamas, promising sun-soaked adventures and unforgettable memories for all.

Our readers have spoken, and these eight cruise lines have emerged as the top choices in the industry. Whether you’re seeking adventure, relaxation, cultural immersion, or family fun, these cruise lines have proven their excellence in providing exceptional experiences. With their diverse itineraries, luxurious amenities, attentive service, and commitment to guest satisfaction, these cruise lines offer the perfect getaway for travelers of all ages and interests. Embark on a journey with any of these cruise lines and prepare to create memories that will last a lifetime. Bon voyage!

Related Reading:

• I Just Sailed On Royal Caribbean With My Grandchildren — Here Are My 10 Key Tips
• 6 Cruise Splurges Our Experts Say Are Worth Every Penny
• I Just Went On My First Solo Cruise — 5 Reasons I Can’t Wait To Do It Again

We have the time, we have the freedom, and we have the budget to travel more often. With a little planning and some creative ideas, you can spend less money on travel in retirement. The go-go years are here and we want to take full advantage. Let’s save a little money on each trip so we can enjoy more adventures in our traveling lives.

1. Experiential Travel

Immersive travel, often referred to as experiential travel, is crafting deeper experiences than a simple bucket-list check-off sheet. It draws you into a place, time, and culture. Say you have a walking tour through the Varvakios Agora, the largest food market in Athens. Okay, that’s fun. But, what if you went to Varvakios Agora with a local chef and shopped together, then returned to a kitchen and prepared a meal with other guests? Finally, you sit down and enjoy your creations together. That’s experiential; and delicious too.

When you expand your possibilities and the length of your stay, you become immersed in the local culture, if only for a short time. It can be less expensive to stay in a home-share away from the city center than it would be for a hotel. Often, you can stay longer for the same amount of money, thereby increasing your in-depth experience, and be a local for a little while.

A happy bonus: Airfare can also be less expensive if you stay longer.

2. Voluntourism

If you are passionate about making the world a better place, you are the right candidate to travel for good. Projects Abroad offers exciting opportunities for visitors to give back. Programs like scuba diving and marine conservation in Baja California for a week, or a 2-week stint in Argentina working with howler monkey rehabilitation, are exciting ways to travel.

There is a fee associated with these programs and you do have to pay for your own transportation, however, meals and accommodations are typically included. The fees are generally less than a classic mid-range vacation and you are giving something back.

You will be making a difference and connecting with some new voluntourism friends.

3. National Parks Lifetime Pass

This money-saving tip is a no-brainer. The National Parks Lifetime Senior Pass is $80, which is an amazing bargain. One trip to the Mighty Five in Utah — Arches, Bryce Canyon, Canyonlands, Capitol Reef, and Zion — would cost in the neighborhood of $150.

A National Parks Pass covers entrance fees at national parks, national wildlife refuges, day-use fees at national forests, and more.

4. North American Reciprocal Museum Association

The North American Reciprocal Museum Association (NARM) is a network of museums, zoos, botanic gardens, and more across the U.S., Canada, Mexico, and other countries. When you sign up at a participating NARM institution, you can receive reciprocal visitation benefits at the over 1,300 other member venues.

The John F. Kennedy Museum in Hyannis, Massachusetts; the Museum of Contemporary Art in Denver; and the California Botanic Garden in Claremont, California, are just a sampling of experiences that a NARM membership can provide.

5. Hotels/Inns With Breakfast

Breakfast is the most important meal of the day when traveling. You need fuel for all the exploring you are planning to accomplish. When you are considering accommodations, keep an eye out for hotels and inns that include breakfast. They are often comparable to accommodations that do not include breakfast. Chain hotels will offer a “buffet-style” breakfast whereas inns may offer something home-cooked and hearty.

In a high-ticket area, not having to pay for breakfast can be a substantial money-saving opportunity; something to consider when choosing your accommodations.

6. Light Lunch

Eating a full lunch can weigh you down when traveling and lighten your wallet. A light lunch, particularly if you have had a hearty breakfast (preferably one that is included with your stay), will keep you moving and save you money.

Local grocery stores and supermarkets are wonderful spots for lunch; many carry prepared salads, sandwiches, and pre-cut fruits and veggies. As an added bonus, it is always nice to have a little stash of your own food in your hotel room.

7. Travel Times

Mid-Week

Not to belabor the point, but traveling mid-week is almost always less expensive. Hotels and inns may be fairly empty Monday–Thursday and offer a discounted rate to get travelers into their rooms. Flying, in general, is less expensive for mid-week junkets too.

Off-Season

Traveling off-season, or the shoulder season, is a great way to make your travel budget go further. When you are looking at hotels’ booking/availability calendars, you can see exactly when the prices drop or go up — often dramatically in many tourist destinations. That is the best barometer of shoulder and off-season timing. Staying as close as you can to peak season with shoulder season prices can provide a fabulous vacation at a fraction of the cost.

8. GPS My City

The app GPS My City is a collection of self-walking tours in over 1,000 cities across the globe. Forgo the expensive walking tours and venture out on your own with this app. The tours can be downloaded and accessed offline to keep your data usage down. With these tours, you can go at your own pace, choose where you stop, and delve deeper into spots that interest you the most. You are free to curate your own adventure. I have used GPS My City in the U.S., Canada, and Europe; it has saved me a substantial amount of money in tour guide fees.

There is a free version of the app and a paid version that requires a nominal annual fee.

9. Foreign Transaction Fees

When traveling internationally, foreign transaction fees can add up quickly. Choose a credit card that does not charge you for overseas fees. If you travel internationally, you will want to charge most of your purchases, just keeping a few small bills in local currency for tipping and smaller purchases. When you add up all the bank fees for each hotel, meal, and shopping purchase, it can be quite expensive.

10. Ride Share Vs. Rental Cars

Renting a car is outrageously expensive. In major cities, it is typically less expensive to rideshare to tourist attractions. If you add up the cost of the rental, gas, and parking (many hotels charge for parking or require valet) versus a few Uber or taxi rides, which are nominal for jaunting around the city, you will save serious money. Additionally, taking public transportation is one of the best ways to save money when you are in a city center.

If you need a rental car to visit something farther away than a rideshare, rent a car just for the day. Many large hotels have rental drop-off and pick-up access making it super easy.

You can always walk — even if you walk one way and get a ride back.

11. Pre-Plan Your Next Trip

If you are using a group tour or cruise package, they typically have a sign-up that will help you save on your next trip. If you put down a floating deposit before you leave the cruise ship or tour group, you receive a substantial discount on your next voyage.

For instance, currently, AmaWaterways has a benefits program where you can receive 5 percent in future cruise savings when you put in a $200 deposit before your cruise ends. For a $5,000 cruise, that is a $250-per-person savings. When you combine that with the $100 past guest savings offer, it can add up quickly. So when you go to book, you already have a credit of $550.

Saving Money While Traveling

Sometimes, you need to be a little creative to save money while traveling. However, if you save some on each trip, you may be able to add another trip or two to your calendar. That’s the best thing about retirement — all the free time to travel.

Related Reading:

• 13 Savvy Ways To Save Money On Your Disney Vacation, According To Experts
• 5 Fabulous Free Rides Around The World With Beautiful Views
• 7 Fantastic And Affordable Cities To Visit In The U.S.

Exploring the equator in Quito, Ecuador, provides an opportunity to experience amazing natural and cultural landmarks, including the dividing line between the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. Located 9,350 feet above sea level in the Central Andes Mountains, Quito is known for its rich history and culture, and its presence at the equator and in the Andes means a slew of unique experiences.

If you’ve got a few days to explore Quito, visiting the equator line and the two museums and monuments dedicated to it is worth a long morning or afternoon. Even better, it’s still close to other must-see excursions in the city. 

Here are the five unique adventures I had exploring the equator in Quito, Ecuador.

Our visit to the equator line in Quito was part of a hosted trip with Kontiki Expeditions — all opinions are my own.

1. Mitad Del Mundo

The “False” Equator

I know this may sound confusing, but bear with me: The location of the equator was originally set by a French geodesic expedition team led by Charles-Marie de La Condamie in 1736. The team spent 8 years surveying and studying the area, but their location of the equatorial line was off by about 200 meters, though the pre-Colombian Quito people were spot on, archeological evidence proves.

Before the actual equatorial line was found closer to The Museu Inti Nan (The Intiñan Museum — more on it below), Quito built a massive monument, museum, and a replica Colonial village at the “false” spot to memorialize the equator. Mitad del Mundo is a 100-foot-tall monument with a giant yellow line dividing the hemispheres, making it a popular spot for photos.

Mitad del Mundo also includes a small but well-curated museum about the ecosystem, indigenous culture, and history of Ecuador, as well as a village of shops, food vendors, and craftsmen. It’s a great place for an introduction to the equator and to Ecuador itself. If you happen to visit on the weekend or during special holidays, the central plaza at the Mitad del Mundo hosts concerts, special entertainment, and cultural events for tourists.

Pro Tip: If you aren’t taking a guided tour, then getting to Mitad del Mundo by bus is another option. Regular buses depart from Quito’s northern Ofelia bus station to Mitad del Mundo throughout the day and stop right outside the equator monument.

2. Intiñan Site Museum 

The Real Fun Begins

Located right next to Mitad del Mundo is The Intiñan Museum, which has its own marker and is closer to the right spot. This is where the real fun at the equator begins. Be sure to take the guided tour around the museum. The guides share a wealth of knowledge about the equator and then lead you in some hands-on equator tricks, such as trying to walk a straight line with your eyes closed, demonstrating the loss of muscle strength when you stand on the line of the equator, and balancing an egg on a nail. 

You can even see a demonstration of how water swirls in opposite directions on either side of the equator (known as the Coriolis Effect).

Fun Fact: Things like weight and balance are different on the actual equator. According to our guide, I officially weigh 1 kilogram (2.2 pounds) less while standing on the equator line than I do anywhere else on Earth.

Again, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to take photos while straddling the equatorial line, and while the whole experience is a little cheesy, it was fun and interesting. If you’re drawn to the slightly macabre, you can learn to make a shrunken head with step-for-step instructions at the museum. But it is also full of other less-squirm-inducing educational delights, including a display of totems at Totemic Forest and an art gallery of local artists.

Before you leave, you’ll also receive a personalized certificate declaring how you stepped across the equator at Mitad del Mundo.

Pro Tip: Although amusing and fun, science so far has not backed up any of the claims about the guides’ tricks they demonstrate on the equator. In fact, the Coriolis Effect has no effect on the direction of draining water in household drains anywhere and you can likely balance an egg on a nail head anywhere with enough patience, so take the “scientific” demonstrations with a grain of salt.

3. Khoura Chocolate Artesanal

Support Small Cacao Farmers

No trip to Ecuador is complete without indulging in the famed cacao culture and curated chocolate industry. Cacao production is an important sector of Ecuador’s economy and culture, with historical roots tracing back to pre-Colonial times.

With an ideal climate, rich soil, and over 300 years of tradition, Ecuador’s cacao production is predominantly done as a traditional, small-scale operation with farmers using simple agricultural methods. The country’s unique varieties of cacao makes the cacao beans from Ecuador highly sought after by the global chocolate industry.

Located just a 4-minute drive from Mitad del Mundo is one of those small, family-owned cacao and chocolate factories. Khoura Chocolate Artesanal supports small cacao farmers by producing artisan dark chocolate and other cacao products — roasting and preparing chocolates in a wide variety of flavors on site at its small, friendly factory.

Pop in for a tour that covers how Khoura creates its unique chocolates (try the dark banana chocolate bar!), a tasting of different qualities of cacao and different flavors of the chocolate produced, and a treat of rich, dark, heady hot chocolate at the end.

Leave plenty of room in your bags so you can come home with tons of rich, rare Ecuadorian chocolate to enjoy or give as souvenirs.

Fun Fact: One of the heritage cacao beans you can try is the Nacional — the rarest, most highly prized cacao bean in the world. Until 2009, the Nacional bean was thought to be functionally extinct. Today, The Heirloom Cacao Preservation Fund and other farmers and activists are working to bring back the population of pure Nacional trees.

4. Old Town Quito

The Historic Center Of Quito

With a population of over 2 million people, Quito has a unique atmosphere created by the presence of pre-Colombian, Colonial, and modern architecture and many parks, churches, museums, and other landmarks, so it has become a great tourist destination.

One of the best areas to take in the historic architecture and history is the historic center of Quito, nicknamed “Old Town.” Partly because of this area, Quito was the first city declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Begin your journey at Plaza de la Independencia, a popular square lined with a number of historic buildings including the Casa de La Cultura Ecuatoriana and the impressive Presidential Palace.

Basilica Del Voto Nacional

The city’s largest cathedral is the Basilica del Voto Nacional, a grand neo-Gothic basilica that towers over the surrounding Old Town and is visible from most of the city.

The Basilica del Voto Nacional is a wonder of gothic architecture, but surprisingly, it’s among the newest and still unfinished architectural wonders of the city. The plans to build the cathedral began in 1890, with construction beginning in 1892. More than 100 years later, construction work on the Basilica del Voto Nacional continues, making it the largest gothic cathedral in Latin America. The cathedral has bronze doors, soaring towers with stunning views of the city, and gargoyles inspired by the animals of Ecuador, including iguanas, tortoises, and armadillos.

Pro Tip: The cathedral isn’t the only impossibly beautiful church in Old Town. Also worth a visit are San Francisco Church (known as the Iglesia y Convento de St. Francis) and the gold-enshrined La Compania de Jesus. All these historic structures offer tours, but be aware that they may be closed or access-limited due to weddings or other events.

La Ronda And Barrio El Carmen

La Ronda is one of Quito’s most colorful and vibrant streets, full of picturesque Colonial buildings and shops, and Barrio El Carmen is an old neighborhood full of cobblestone streets and lovely colorful houses that are the perfect representation of Colonial architecture. Both are fun places to take in the vibe of Old Town Quito.

Pro Tip: If you’re up for some shopping, know that many local craftsmen line the streets selling everything from handmade wood carvings to vast landscape paintings.

Casa Del Alabado

If you want a deep dive into Quito’s indigenous and pre-Colombian history, then the Casa del Alabado (“House of Praise”), located in a gorgeous 17th-century Colonial mansion, is one of the best museums to visit. With more than 5,000 pieces of pre-Colombian pottery, tools, artwork, and weaponry, the museum contains eight rooms of more than 500 artifacts on permanent display.

This museum covers archeological information about the pre-Colombian population’s ways of worship, ceremony, history, art skills, and connections with nature. Be aware that the museum is open from Wednesday–Sunday and entrance is by reservation only.

Pro Tips: If you’re walking in Old Town, be aware of some steep hills that will literally take your breath away, especially in such high altitudes. A guided tour is also recommended for the sheer amount of history and knowledge they possess. We used Link Experiences, which was a fantastically organized and helpful service. Also, ask your doctor about a prescription for acetazolamide, which is used to prevent and treat high-altitude sickness.

A cruise is a great way to explore the Mediterranean’s diverse culture, captivating history, stunning beauty, and of course, delectable cuisine — all while unpacking your suitcase just once. Our readers’ top 10 offers a variety of cruise experiences sure to suit every style.

1. Viking Cruises (Winner)

Viking’s goal is to immerse passengers in each destination through uniquely curated excursions and onboard presentations. Viking’s ocean ships are designed to access almost any port, giving you more time on the ground to explore with at least one free shore excursion included at every port — a Viking signature.

The onboard atmosphere is relaxed yet elegant with Viking’s minimalist, but beautiful, Scandinavian design throughout. Passengers love it because they’re not nickel-and-dimed once on board. The price you see includes free Wi-Fi, beer, wine, and soft drinks with meals, dining at any restaurant, and access to Viking’s unique Nordic Spa, with its exhilarating Snow Grotto, while onboard.

There are additional paid excursions offered at each port as well, and you can upgrade your beverage package to include additional wine and liquor options if you wish. One thing to know: All Viking guests must be 18 years or older.

2. Royal Caribbean International

Royal Caribbean sails several sizes of ships through the Mediterranean with anywhere from 2,700 to nearly 5,000 guests. While the goal in the Med is to get off the ship and explore the unique cultural options while in port, Royal Caribbean creates an environment where you don’t really need to leave the ship if you don’t want to.

The ships have an exhaustive list of onboard experiences including nightly live entertainment, specialty dining options, areas to play sports like pickleball, pools, and everything from salsa dancing to jewelry-making classes. The larger ships simply come with more to do, for everyone in the family, including waterslides, roller skating, and even bumper cars.

If you’re considering a Royal Caribbean cruise with grandkids, check out these tips.

3. Holland America Line

Holland America is marking a major milestone this year celebrating its 150th Anniversary. In the late 1800s, Holland first sailed immigrants looking for a new start from Europe to America. In fact, 10 percent of all immigrants sailed over on what was then called the Netherlands-American  Steamship Company. Today, the cruise line hosts Americans, and of course other nationalities, on its ships in the Mediterranean showing off the region’s vibrant and diverse cultures with thousands of unique excursions.

While the experiences off the ship are amazing, passengers also love the delicious cuisine on board. Holland America also has what they call “Collectors’ Voyages” allowing guests to book back-to-back trips, so you only have to unpack once, but enjoy twice as many destinations.

4. Celebrity Cruises

Celebrity Cruises describes itself as a “relaxed luxury resort at sea.” The cruise line provides a modern, yet dignified experience on board. Experience distinguished cuisine and cocktails, Broadway-quality shows and live music, plus enrichment and educational options that satisfy even the most inquisitive passenger. 

To top it off, Celebrity focuses on exceptional service, leaving passengers wanting nothing more.

5. Norwegian Cruise Line

Norwegian Cruise Line, or NCL, is known for bringing “freestyle cruising” to the industry. That means cruising the way you want, on your schedule, to enjoy your vacation, your way. You can leave your tux at home, there aren’t any set dinner times, and you’re not assigned to dine with the same group every night.

NCL also pays attention to solo travelers with studio rooms specifically designed for them. The set-up helps solo travelers avoid the dreaded single supplement.

Of course, NCL also offers quality entertainment, experiences, and cuisine. 

6. Disney Cruise Line

With Disney in the name, you know kids are going to love a Disney Cruise. Stories have been told of parents losing their children to the amazing, kids-only, onboard experiences day after day. While being a kid-at-heart always helps, Disney’s adults-only areas and attention to detail are what keep parents, and even travelers without children, coming back.

It’s obviously not all about Mickey when you’re exploring destinations with such a richness of culture as those in the Mediterranean. Disney’s meticulous service transitions seamlessly to its excursions offered on shore.

7. Oceania Cruises

One of the luxury cruise lines on the list, Oceania Cruises offers personalized service, a refined atmosphere on board, and amazing dining. In fact, they’ve trademarked the phrase “The Finest Cuisine at Sea.” Famed French Chef Jacques Pepin has been the cruise line’s executive culinary director since 2003 and his attention to culinary detail shows in every dish presented. 

Oceania also maximizes its time in port with extended stays, immersive “Go Local” and “Go Green” excursions, and small group sizes. There’s evening entertainment, shopping, and even a casino on board, so you’ll need a variety of outfits to transition from day to night.

Oceania’s ships hold between 684 and 1,250 guests depending on the ship you choose. 

8. Princess Cruises

The original Love Boat, Princess Cruises prides itself on its “Local Connections” experience — pairing passengers with locals in each port to learn about the region from those who live there. The immersive experience on its Mediterranean cruises continues on board with regional dancers, chefs, and musicians.

There are also plenty of dining, cocktail, and entertainment opportunities on board, including productions from Wicked Composer Stephen Schwartz.

Princess plans to debut two new ships in the Mediterranean in 2025: Sun Princess and Star Princess. Both ships will carry more than 4,000 passengers.

9. Windstar Cruises

Windstar Cruises is known as a small ship leader in the industry with its vessels holding between a mere 148 and 350 passengers. Their small ships allow passengers time in ports that larger ships can’t access, like Old Town Dubrovnik in Croatia. One unique experience when you sail with Windstar is the opportunity to visit local markets with the ship’s chef. Windstar also partners with the James Beard Foundation, bringing the expertise of some of the most sought-after chefs in the world to your daily dining experience.

Another special treat, Windstar’s Watersports Platform gives you access to the Mediterranean’s beautiful blue water straight from the ship. Kayak, snorkel, stand-up paddleboard, or just jump right in.

Passengers love Windstar’s comfortable elegance and immersive shore excursions. 

10. Celestyal Cruises

It may be number 10 on the list, but Celestyal Cruises is number one in the hearts of passengers looking for an authentic Greek cruising experience. In fact, the cruise line prides itself on being Greek cruising experts. Greek culture is part of everything they do. Learn a bit of the Greek language or a traditional dance while on board. Enjoy authentic cuisine and cocktails at every meal, then take the experience even deeper with shore excursions carefully curated by its experts.

Celestyal Cruises also explores other areas of the eastern Mediterranean including Turkey, Egypt, Cyprus, and Israel.

Finally, hear it straight from the expert — one of Celestyal’s seasoned captains shared his eight essential tips for cruising the Greek Islands with us.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

RVshare is celebrating a decade of being the first and largest peer-to-peer RV rental marketplace in the world. The tech start-up, which connects RV owners to people interested in renting RVs, was founded in 2013 by Mark Jenney, Joel Clark, and Pat Couch in a basement in Akron, Ohio. The idea for RVshare came to Jenney and his wife Rachel when they returned from their honeymoon RV trip and realized their new RV would sit unused for most of the year, gathering dust while they continued to shell out money for ownership expenses.

Fast forward to today, RVshare has 100,000 listings across the U.S., rentals available in all 50 states, an owner community of 60,000, and 4 million nights booked on the platform.

RVshare Milestones

Since the website launched in August 2013, RVshare has achieved many milestones. In 2018, Jon Gray, the former chief revenue officer of HomeAway, was named CEO. (HomeAway was acquired by Expedia in 2017 and rebranded as Vrbo.) In 2020, RVshare experienced unprecedented growth as travelers opted for a self-contained travel option. “The pandemic sped up the RV rental industry by 5 years in 12 months,” says Gray. Business tripled year-over-year, leading RVshare to raise over $100 million in growth capital.

RVing Becomes Mainstream

Since 2020, RVshare has seen a fundamental shift around RV travel, with the demographic skewing drastically younger in just a few years. RV travel “is no longer just your parents’ retirement plan,” says Gray, “but rather a family’s spring break accommodation for a stay at Disney World or a young couple’s remote workplace during a national park trip.”

Built To Scale

Gray says the biggest achievement of the past decade has been scaling the company.

“We are proud of our scale, how the team has kept up with the demand, and how we continue to innovate to make renting an RV and booking an outdoor travel adventure an all-around better experience,” says Gray. “Millions of travelers across the U.S. have created amazing memories in an RV due to renting. And millions more are curious and will probably try it in the future. With 94 percent five-star reviews, we know the magic of an RV vacation is something we are proud to make happen.”

RVshare 10th Anniversary Fun Facts

• 94 percent five-star reviews from satisfied customers
• 63 out of 63 national parks visited by RVshare renters
• Thousands of different RV models from almost 50+ manufacturers

Hundreds Of Millions Of Miles Logged

A zero-discrimination policy, well-managed RV rental listings, and ongoing education for both renters and owners have all been ingredients in RVshare’s recipe for long-term success. Over the past 10 years, RVshare renters have traveled 203 million miles. That’s 8,152 times around the earth, or to the moon and back over 800 times. It would take 380 years to drive 203 million miles at 60 mph. No telling what that amounts to in profits for RV owners, who can easily earn anywhere from $10,000–$40,000 a year by renting out their camper.

Unique Challenges

Despite the company’s many successes, RVshare has also faced several challenges over the past 10 years. Running a mobile accommodations business is unique, and there is a lot that comes with renting a vehicle, such as insurance, damages, and RV education. However, RVshare has faced these challenges head-on and continues to innovate to make renting an RV and booking an outdoor travel adventure an all-around better experience.

Looking Ahead

The demand for distinctive and engaging travel adventures is growing, and RV trips provide precisely that. Additionally, the upsurge of the sharing economy is expected to benefit RVshare. People are becoming more at ease with renting out their assets, such as RVs, to generate supplementary revenue. RVshare’s peer-to-peer system is in sync with this trend.

With a solid foundation and a growing market to tap into, RVshare should be around for the next 10 years as long as it continues innovating and adapting. With the RV rental market becoming more competitive, RVshare will need to differentiate itself from the competition by offering unique and valuable features, such as better insurance coverage or a more user-friendly platform.

“With the goal of making renting an RV as easy as booking a hotel room, we hope to unify booking an RV and campground through integrations and partnerships,” says Gray.

This milestone is a testament to the company’s success and growth. With a loyal customer base and a dedication to marketplace health, trust, and safety, RVshare is poised for even greater success in the years to come and is even looking at expanding internationally.

Celebrate With A Free Park Pass

Millions of travelers across the U.S. have created amazing memories in an RV due to renting. Right now, RVshare is offering summer travelers free national or state park passes with every RV rental booked by May 31, 2023!

Related Reading:

• Everything You Need To Know About RVing From An RV Expert
• What Is A Hush Trip And Why You Should Take One This Summer
• These Are The Top 7 Destinations For RVers This Summer

Florida’s state parks earn high rankings from camping experts. Cheapism.com ranks them number five, while lawnlove.com gives them four. Florida has 52 parks that offer RV camping. Popularity has downsides, it can be hard to book a site, and Florida isn’t the cheapest, but there are some discounts. Rates vary from $16–$42 per night. All Florida state parks have a non-refundable $6.70 reservation fee and a $7 nightly utility fee for RVs.

Let’s explore these expertly picked RV campsites from every corner of Florida.

1. Bahia Honda

Florida Keys

Bahia Honda State Park is one of Florida’s most popular parks. It’s at mile markers 36–38 of the Florida Keys, the closest park with camping to Key West. It’s close to Big Pine Key with its adorable Key Deer. The Keys are a high-priority RVing area and the private parks’ rates average over $100 a night, so Bahia Honda is a bargain with a $36 base rate.

2. Curry Hammock State Park

Marathon

There are two other state parks in the Keys with camping. Curry Hammock, near the middle of the Keys, offers more secluded sites but is about 20 miles farther from Key West.

3. John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park

Key Largo

John Pennekamp Coral Reef in Key Largo is the country’s first undersea park but about 100 miles from Key West. Sites are small and lack privacy.

Pro Tip: There are some tricks to book at Keys parks and any of the busy Florida parks. Registration opens 11 months in advance at 8 a.m. Eastern. Be on your computer and ready to book precisely at that time. Within a few minutes, they’ll all be booked. Another trick is to keep checking often, and occasionally, someone cancels. Grab that spot fast; it won’t last long. There are websites like Wandering Labs that monitor campgrounds for cancelations. There’s a free version that searches three parks and emails you when sites open. The $30 paid option monitors more often and notifies with texts.

4. Anastasia State Park

St. Augustine

Anastasia State Park is the closest park to popular St. Augustine. You can see the historic lighthouse from the park. It’s a beautiful park with a beach on Salt Run. You can rent kayaks or canoes and watch for wildlife, including dolphins and water birds.

5. Faver Dykes State Park

St. Augustine

If you want to visit St. Augustine, but Anastasia is booked, try Faver Dykes State Park. It’s just about a half-hour drive from the Historic District. You pay only $18 per night at Faver Dykes compared to $28 at Anastasia. You lose out on the beach with swimming and surfing, but Faver Dykes is quieter with more trees and larger sites.

6. Florida Caverns State Park

Marianna

One of the most popular parks at the eastern edge of the Florida Panhandle is Florida Caverns State Park near Marianna. The base camping fee is $20 per night and the cave tour is spectacular.

7. Falling Waters State Park

Chipley

If you can’t book Florida Caverns, Falling Waters State Park is a quieter park with more private sites, plus a beautiful waterfall and sinkhole. It’s about 25 miles away, so you can still book the cave tour.

8. Three Rivers State Park

Lake Seminole

Three Rivers sits near the Florida-Georgia border where the Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers converge to form Lake Seminole — which has some of the best freshwater fishing.

9. Torreya State Park

Bristol

Torreya is another good choice nearby. It’s named for the Torreya tree, a rare species that grows only on the bluffs along the Apalachicola River. This park is a big bird-watcher site and has a small boat launch. The park has the historic Gregory House you can visit.

10. Grayton Beach State Park

Santa Rosa Beach

Towards the western end of the panhandle, Grayton Beach State Park is popular for its coastal dune lake, found in only a few locations worldwide and just two states in the U.S. Because it’s closer to the beach, it’s harder to snag and costs $30 per night.

11. Blackwater River State Park

Pensacola

Blackwater River State Park is another good choice for visiting the western panhandle. It’s about an hour’s drive from Pensacola or Fort Walton and only $20 per night. It’s one of the most beautiful Florida state parks thanks to the Blackwater River. It’s wonderful for kayaking or canoeing.

12. Silver Springs State Park

Ocala

Central Florida is filled with natural springs. What better place to camp? If the springs, the wildlife, the museum, and the proximity to Ocala and the Ocala National Forest weren’t enough to make Silver Springs State Park a must, the glass-bottomed boat tours make it one of my favorite parks.

13. Blue Spring State Park

DeLand

Blue Spring State Park, near DeLand, is a year-round home to some manatees, but in winter, they’re here in droves. I saw over 50 one day. The boat tour is fantastic. The captain identified countless wild birds and told me things I never knew, like how a blue heron is white in its first year. It’s a good base for visiting Daytona or DeLand.

14. Wekiwa Springs State Park

Orlando

Wekiwa Springs State Park surprised me with many slots open since it’s just about 16 miles from Orlando. It offers swimming, kayaking, canoeing, and wildlife viewing. And don’t write off neighboring Seminole County’s fun attractions like the Sanford Ghost Tour and the many breweries. Its German restaurant, Hollerbach’s Willow Tree Cafe, is the best ever.

15. Manatee Springs State Park

Chiefland

Manatee Springs lives up to its name with the winter influx of manatees. Its 800-foot boardwalk engulfs you with cypress trees and opens on its first-magnitude springs. It’s about a half-hour drive to the gulf beaches. Sites are often available and it’s only $20 a night.

16. Rainbow Springs State Park

Dunnellon

Rainbow Springs State Park was once a theme park. Its springs are crystal-clear and popular for swimming or kayaking. Its natural beauty and waterfalls draw the artists you see in the park painting.

17. Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park

High Springs

Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park, Florida’s newest state park, has several springs. Swimming and snorkeling are popular in the crystal-clear water. Try paddling the 0.25-mile spring run to the Santa Fe River. The park is near Lake City and Gainesville.

18. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park

Keystone Heights

Sometimes lesser-known parks are real treasures. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park in Keystone Heights is about an hour’s drive to Jacksonville. It’s one of Florida’s oldest state parks. The bathhouse facing Lake Johnson was built by the CCC.

Pro Tip: There’s a hiking trail to an old mill site and the Florida National Scenic Trail passes through the park. I’ve seen rare Sherman fox squirrels here often.

19. O’Leno State Park

Lake City

O’Leno State Park is another oldie-but-goodie a few miles from Lake City. It has a museum dedicated to the CCC workers who built the park and some of the original CCC buildings. The Nature Center has a small pen for turtles and lots of information inside. Check out the suspension bridge and paddle the Sante Fe River from the boat launch on site.

Pro Tip: It’s just a few miles from Ichetucknee Springs State Park for tubing fun.

20. Tomoka State Park

Daytona Beach

When visiting Daytona Beach, Tomoka State Park is nearby. It’s great for wildlife viewing. There have even been Florida panther sightings in the area and one confirmed in the park in 2008.

21. Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park

The Forgotten Coast

Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park is on a barrier island on “The Forgotten Coast.” Your swimming choices are gulf waves or calm bay. Don’t miss the amazing driftwood along the beach.

Pro Tip: While on the island, visit the historic Cape St. George Lighthouse.

22. Fort Clinch State Park

Jacksonville

History and nature combine at Fort Clinch State Park, a short distance from Jacksonville. They do re-enactments at the well-preserved Civil War fort. The wildlife and nature are fantastic as well.

23. Hillsborough River State Park

Tampa

Hillsborough River State Park is minutes from Tampa and a delightful refuge from traffic and crowds. Fort Foster State Historic Site, a reconstructed Seminole Wars fort, is part of the park and offers guided tours occasionally.

24. Jonathan Dickinson State Park

Palm Beach

Jonathan Dickinson State Park is the perfect base to visit Palm Beach; it’s about 15 miles away. You can see from Hobe Sound to the Atlantic from the park’s observation deck. The park offers a trip on the Loxahatchee Queen II to visit the preserved homesite of Trapper Nelson, the self-styled “Wild Man of the Loxahatchee.”

25. Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park

Gainesville

When visiting Gainesville, Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park is the place to stay. It’s one of the few places you can see wild horses and bison.

Pro Tip: Florida residents over 65, those having a current Social Security disability award, or those having a 100 percent federal disability award get a 50 percent discount on the base camping fee.

Related Reading:

• Everything You Need To Know About RVing From An RV Expert
• One Key Way To Save Money On Your Summer Vacation — But You Need To Book Soon
• 5 Lessons We Learned Selling Everything And Hitting The Open Road In An RV

Palm Springs, California, does not disappoint. Nestled between our beautiful mountains lies a valley known for its great weather and restful vacations. Our amenities for relaxation include golfing, swimming, poolside lounging, fine dining, and first-class spas that can help relieve stress or provide a beautiful refuge from the outside world. 

Many of the large hotels have spas in the Coachella Valley. Below are some of the larger hotels that welcome guests and locals by providing an opportunity to purchase a day pass.

While I was comped for the massages, all experiences and opinions are my own.

1. Spa Desert Springs

JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort And Spa

When you approach the JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort and Spa, you immediately sense this is going to be a unique experience. Pink flamingos glide on the palm-tree-surrounded pond along the driveway with seemingly not a worry in the world.

Watch for signs for the Spa Desert Springs. This co-ed spa offers places to meet and relax at the pool, the lounge, or dine together in the bistro.

I was in awe at the beauty of the walnut-colored wood paneling everywhere; even the lockers were beautiful. Everything you need is here, including a spinner to help dry out your swimsuit before you head home.

Don’t Miss: One of the special features of this spa is that it has three saunas: one very hot, one normal, and one infused with lavender. Oh my, I could have stayed in that for hours, though, of course, it’s not recommended.

My massage was heavenly in a quiet, elegantly appointed room with lavender permeating the air. The 60 minutes went by way too fast and reminded me that a massage should not be considered just a luxury but a necessity to keep one’s body in stellar shape.

Feeling relaxed and happy, I wandered outside to the warm pool surrounded by umbrellas and staff waiting to take my order for a drink or a bite from the bistro.

Pro Tip: No reservations are necessary for a day pass, but for massages, body treatments, or facials, you can make them online at Spa Desert Springs or by calling. They do not have hair, nail, or pedicure services available.

2. The Well Spa

Miramonte Indian Wells Resort And Spa

The Well Spa is a separate building on the sprawling, citrus-covered grounds of the Miramonte Indian Wells Resort and Spa. After parking your car, ask for directions. The building is hidden away on the grounds.

One of the special features of this spa is the unique hot tub. Stone walls and waterfalls divide the space so guests have privacy while they bask in the 102-degree water.

The waiting room was well-appointed and the cinnamon tea available to all guests while you waited for the treatment was superb. I was escorted to one of the treatment rooms with eucalyptus scent greeting me. While most treatment rooms are upstairs, there is an elevator and larger rooms available to accommodate wheelchairs.

Don’t Miss: This is a pretty strong statement, for I have had many massages, but I honestly can say the “Rain Massage” was undoubtedly the best massage I have ever received. Granted, I had been on a cross-country airplane journey, but the masseuse found every spot I didn’t know needed attention. Five essential oils dripped onto my back and gently urged the tight muscles to relax. I was delighted with the scalp massage and my feet were so happy.

The next stop was the eucalyptus steam room and a cool pool to complete the process. Feeling refreshed with no care in the world, I headed outdoors to the hideaway patios, which are co-ed, as is the outdoor spa and pool.

You can have food delivered to the patio, or you can keep your robe on and head to the restaurant, where the menu offers a variety of options. I headed to the restaurant, took my food outside, and ate under the citrus trees.

Pro Tip: Reservations are required for a day pass. Hair, nail, and pedicure options are not available. Call and make arrangements for all other spa treatments at The Well Spa.

3. Sunstone Spa 

Agua Caliente Resort Casino Rancho Mirage

When you hear the Sunstone Spa has been rated one of the top spas in California and is in your neighborhood, how can you not be tempted to check it out? 

The entrance to the Sunstone Spa building is tucked away down a path, so keep your eyes open for the gate.

The contemporary-themed women’s locker room had more amenities than anyone could need; even little bamboo toothbrushes with toothpaste carefully packaged. The quiet room, where you wait for staff to get you for your treatment, was dimly lit with an array of snacks and water infused with various ingredients that encourage you to return for more.

Lavender filled the air as I walked in for a massage. After an hour, I put on my robe, poured myself some more water, and headed out to the spa’s private co-ed heated pool, surrounded by umbrellas which was the perfect place to lounge and relax under California’s sun.

Don’t Miss: Once you have found your perfect spot outside, check out the food and drink menu. My eyes quickly landed on three varieties of energy drinks — mocktails as they called them — and I choose a cranberry one, and then discovered all mocktails are free. 

This spa offers exceptional service and staff making this day pass a great value while feeling totally pampered.

4. The Spa At Sec-He 

Excitement had been building because, not only would downtown Palm Springs now have The Spa at Sec-he, but it would also be five stars. The spa opened on April 4, 2023, much to the delight of visitors and residents.

Don’t Miss: This is the only spa in Palm Springs with hot mineral springs known for their healing abilities. The Agua Caliente Tribe calls it “taking the waters,” so you will want to bring your swimsuit and enjoy the private tubs and the outdoor pool.

With eight different kinds of massages, numerous body scrubs, and wraps, you are sure to find one you especially enjoy. Or perhaps, it is time to live on the edge and try something different. The choice is yours.

Amenities with the day pass include salt rooms, a grounding room, a healing water tub, a menthol sauna, and an aromatherapy shower, to name a few.

This beautiful spa has many lovely lounging areas and two restaurants. When you decide to get a day pass, I suggest you come as soon as they are open. I assure you that you will not want to leave the premises all day.

Pro Tips: Palm Springs Spas

The spas are open all year long. However, be sure to call to ensure you know their exact hours. I found I was enjoying my pool time, only to discover the staff wanted to go home to their families.

People with disabilities will discover their needs can be met at any of these spas. All four resorts have their prices online for various services. Day passes are in the $40–$145 range but call and check online to see individual spas’ specific charges. The day pass fee will be waived if you have any treatment, such as a massage or facial.

Related Reading:

• 8 Unique Spa Treatments That May Be More Stressful Than Relaxing
• 7 Luxurious Spa And Golf Resorts To Experience Around The World
• 7 Luxurious Spa Treatments To Experience Around The World

Stunning views of the St. Lawrence River, Lake Ontario, and adjoining waterways beg you to sit, take a deep breath, and simply enjoy the scenery. The relaxed pace of a 1000 Islands road trip, motoring along scenic byways past snug harbors and charming villages, is a wonderful way to wind down and venture off the grid.

We anchored our trip to 1000 Islands in Clayton; it is central to the other stops along the 1000 Islands coastline, affording easy access to all the wonderful adventures along the route. From Clayton, it was easy to head south to Henderson Harbor, Sackets Harbor, and Cape Vincent. When we ventured north and east, we encountered Alexandria Bay.

My favorite stops along our 1000 Islands road trip are grouped together by town and are in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Antique Boat Museum

Clayton

If you love boats and boating, you will be enchanted by the Antique Boat Museum. Its collection has amassed over 320 boats along with thousands of boating artifacts. You can visit multiple exhibits including the National Motor Boat Show displays. Showcasing the evolution of pleasure boating in North America, the exhibit is filled with historic runabouts, cruisers, and other beautiful boats you will want to own. You’ll be quipping “she’s yar” when you get a look at some of these antique gems.

When you are ready to hit the water, you can enjoy a sunset cruise on the famous country music star Alan Jackson’s 30-foot Chris Craft Cruiser, Flat Top. Bring a small cooler with snacks and your favorite beverage for 2 hours of on-the-water relaxation. Sit back, pretend you are the star of your New York road trip, and enjoy the ride. Other boat experiences include a 45-minute Ride The River trip in a 30-foot, triple cockpit Hacker Craft; a 20-minute ride on the Pardon Me, a 48-foot custom runabout; and assorted rowing and sailing experiences. Reservations are required to enjoy these boating adventures.

2. Thousand Islands Art Center

Clayton

If you love creating, you will enjoy taking an art class at the Thousand Islands Art Center. Explore your creative side by taking a class on bookbinding, basic knitting, weaving, drawing, painting, and other hands-on crafting classes. The class on my list is Expressive Textiles: Painting and Printing on Fabric — right up my alley.

The center also has two galleries displaying stunning handwoven textiles, a variety of artisan exhibits, and curated shows.

Classes are open to non-members, so why not make your own 1000 Islands souvenir?

3. Southwick Beach State Park

Henderson

Every vacation deserves a beach day and Southwick Beach State Park is ready for your blanket, picnic basket, and beach book. Like many wonderful state parks, Southwick offers a wide variety of services including campsites, cabins, pavilions, and bath facilities. In addition to swimming, you can enjoy fishing, hiking, and cross-country skiing in the winter.

4. Westcott Beach State Park

Henderson

Another great stop along Lake Ontario is Westcott Beach State Park. The park has a small beach, lots of green spaces, camping sites, pavilions, and bath facilities. A small boat marina adjacent to the beach is perfect for campers and day-trippers who want to put their boat in the water to drop a line and hook a black bass or two.

5. Sackets Harbor Battlefield

Sackets Harbor

Sackets Harbor Battlefield State Historic Site is a must-stop on your 1000 Islands road trip. The rolling green gives way to harbor views and imparts a peaceful stroll in the park. However, the battlefield history is quite different than what you experience today.

During the War of 1812, Sackets Harbor was the upper St. Lawrence River Valley and Lake Ontario center for U.S. military activity. It was a bustling community of militia, sailors, and shipbuilders constructing a large fleet to patrol the waterfront and prepare for the invasion of Canada.

Self-guided tours, with the help of strategic signage, impart the military history and battlefield maneuvers of this historic sight. In-season, guided tours are led by docents dressed in period military clothing to bring the area to life.

Sackets Harbor Battlefield is a picture-perfect spot to get out and walk, enjoy the pretty scenery, and learn a little history.

6. Tibbetts Point Lighthouse

Cape Vincent

Lighthouse hunters will love the charming Tibbetts Point Lighthouse. Built in 1827, Tibbetts Point Lighthouse is at the juncture of where Lake Ontario meets the St. Lawrence River. The lighthouse features an original Fresnel lens, one of approximately 75 still in use across U.S. coastlines today. Unfortunately, the active lighthouse is not accessible to visitors. However, guests are free to enjoy the grounds and scenic views.

When you need a coffee break, pop into Cup of Joy Cafe and grab one of their house lattes. Don’t forget to order a delicious pastry to go with it. My favorite latte, the Angel Rock, is made with white chocolate and raspberry — satisfying the sweet tooth hangries.

There is a lovely little park across the street where you can enjoy your pastry and coffee with a water view.

7. Boldt Castle

Alexandria Bay

Boldt Castle is one of the major attractions along the New York State 1000 Islands road trip. The castle, only accessible by boat, is situated on Heart Island. It was built as a summer home for George and Louise Boldt. Sadly, Louise passed before the castle was completed and the magnificent home sat empty and unfinished for over 70 years. Today, the Thousand Islands Bridge Authority operates the beautifully appointed castle and accompanying Boldt Yacht House.

As soon as you enter, the foyer and grand staircase set the tone for the home’s elaborate décor and opulent furnishings. The library, billiard room, and ballroom will take your breath away with the beautiful craftsmanship. I find summer homes of bygone days, built to resemble European Castles, intriguing. They represent an affluence few of us will ever achieve.

After your visit to Boldt Castle, stop by Thousand Islands Winery for a tour and a taste of their exceptional New York wines. The beautiful farm, surrounded by lush grape vines, is a perfect backdrop to enjoy a glass of your new favorite wine.

Great Lakes Seaway Trail

The Great Lakes Seaway Trail offers road trippers four different segments to explore the shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, the St. Lawrence River, and the Niagara River. If you have the time, explore all four sections; most of our trip was on the scenic 1000 Islands/St. Lawrence River section. Three other routes make up the entire trail: Lake Erie/Buffalo/Niagara Falls, Rochester/Central Lake Ontario, and Eastern Lake Ontario.

Boating The Thousand Islands Region

One of the main draws of 1000 Islands is boating. Whether you tow your own, rent, or hire, getting out on the water will enhance your visit.

The Antique Boat Museum offers several boat tour options. An extensive list of boat rentals and boat tours is available on the 1000 Islands website. No matter what town or village you find yourself in, there is most likely a marina, boat launch, or captain available for you to enjoy some time on the water.

1000 Islands Harbor Hotel

In the center of your 1000 Islands road trip is the town of Cayton, the perfect spot to anchor your adventures. The beautiful 1000 Islands Harbor Hotel, perched on the banks of the St. Lawrence River, offers easy access to everything you want to see and do.

We loved the balcony view while enjoying a cup of morning coffee. Every morning, on each floor, the staff sets up a coffee station with freshly brewed coffee and tea options. I appreciated not having to figure out yet another hotel room coffee maker that spits out a marginal morning beverage. Offering brewed coffee on each floor is genius! Grab one of the cozy hotel robes, pad down the hall, pour an exceptional cup of coffee or tea, and enjoy it on your deck with a view of the morning water activities. Every hotel should get on board with this trendsetting idea.

The Best 1000 Islands Road Trip

One of my favorite things about visiting 1000 Islands is the proliferation of benches. Pretty little parks pop up along the route offering beautiful views and spots to sit and take it all in.

Pro Tip: Many of the spots I’ve listed are open seasonally; be sure to check the locations’ websites for opening and closing dates.

Related Reading: 

• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View
• 11 Incredible Outdoor Adventures In Stunning Saranac Lake, New York
• 22 Fantastic Things To Do On Long Island

With direct flights from major hubs in the U.S., Anchorage is one of the best and easiest cities in Alaska to call home base. With the Chugach Mountains, glaciers, wildlife encounters, snow sports, and world-class fishing within driving distance, this city of 290,000 is not only easy to get to but easy to navigate as well.

Even better, you don’t have to break the bank to have an amazing Alaska experience. Anchorage has plenty of affordable excursions and travel options to help your dollar stretch further. To make the most of those hard-earned vacation dollars, here are six budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage to experience the best Alaska has to offer.

Timing It Right

Experience the famed shoulder season in Anchorage! While summer is arguably the most popular time to visit Alaska, the shoulder season between April and May, and then again in September, offers the best value for travelers on a budget. Not only will you beat the summer crowds, you’ll likely find lower rates on hotel stays and special “off-season” rates on tours and popular attractions.

Going in April and May lets you take advantage of the Alaska spring when the snow begins to melt away and the animals come out to munch on the young green shoots. 

Because the main visitor season either hasn’t hit or is winding down, many hotels and tour companies drop prices, so you may be able to score discounted tour rates or add an additional traveler for little or no cost.

Outdoor Adventures On A Dime

If your soul is craving heart-racing adventure in the wilds of Alaska, you can’t beat Anchorage. Not only does Anchorage have a whopping 60 glaciers within 50 miles of downtown, it’s also surrounded by six mountain ranges, has more than 300 miles of trails, and is close to Chugach State Park. Biking, hiking, water sports, fishing, climbing, ATV touring, and simply looking up at the sky to see the northern lights are some of the many excursions you can find within the city limits itself. In fact, from mid-August through April is the best time to see the northern lights, since this is when the Alaska skies are dark enough. 

1. Hiking

One of the most enjoyable and mostly free activities that Anchorage offers is its extensive network of wilderness and walking trails throughout the city. They are perfect for a run, a nice walk, or a bike ride.

Home to 223 municipal parks inside the city, there’s no need to leave town to get your fill of hiking or biking. On a winter trip to Anchorage, my friend and I rented an e-bike from Pablo’s Bike Rentals and spent the day cycling the Coastal Trail, which stretches along Cook Inlet from downtown to Kincaid Park, granting views of the neighboring mountain ranges.

Kincaid Park itself is the city’s largest public park with 40 miles of walking trails and 20 miles of single-track bike runs. Don’t be surprised if you stumble across a moose or black bear in this urban wild space.

A short drive out of the city brings you to countless other trails, like Thunderbird Falls, an easy 1-mile trek that ends at a viewing platform of a 200-foot waterfall.

Pro Tip: Although Anchorage loves its resident moose and bear, it’s important to stay safe around wild animals. The City of Anchorage has tips on how to be “Bear Aware.” And you can see our article on how to be safe around the resident moose.

2. Wildlife

Less than 30 minutes after landing at night in Anchorage, I saw my first moose. I saw the gangly female not on a game drive but in a residential neighborhood in Anchorage while driving to our hotel for the night!

There are nearly 1,500 moose within the Municipality of Anchorage (an area spanning 1,961 square miles), so moose sightings are an extraordinarily ordinary part of daily life here. But spotting these giants along Anchorage’s city streets isn’t the only way to view wildlife.

While private wildlife viewing tours abound in Anchorage, you can spot bears, moose, and more at the Anchorage Coastal Wildlife Refuge, a natural area spanning 16 miles along Anchorage’s coastline from Point Woronzof Park to Potter Creek.

If you’re looking for a guaranteed sighting, head to the Alaska Zoo or Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center. The Conservation Center has more than 200 acres of animal enclosures on a 1.5-mile loop, which can be explored on foot, bike, or car. To keep those dollars going further, sign up for one of the many free educational programs at the center or take advantage of the special admission days; like Military Mondays in which the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center thanks the members of the U.S. Armed Forces by offering free admission on the first Monday of each month.

3. Urban Salmon Fishing

Many visitors dream of snagging that coho salmon from the depths of Alaska’s salmon-rich waters, but again, you don’t need to spend a fortune on a chartered fishing tour. World-class fishing is as close as dropping a line downtown or wading out to fly fish in one of the many rivers around Anchorage.

Listed on Field & Stream magazine’s list of America’s Best Fishing Cities, Anchorage and its surrounding rivers, lakes, and oceans are home to all five species of Pacific salmon. Ship Creek in downtown Anchorage is a local favorite fishing spot and is one of Alaska’s most pro­duc­tive king salmon sport ­fish­eries. Dur­ing the sum­mer­time, fishing der­bies along Ship Creek can even make you money! If you snag one of the spe­cial­ly tagged fish, you can win anywhere between $100 and $10,000.

Fly fishing enthusiasts will love the fish-filled Campbell Creek, which also passes through the center of town from Far North Bicen­ten­ni­al Park. This fun little creek is stocked with rain­bow trout, Dol­ly Var­den trout, and sil­ver salmon, all within downtown.

Pro Tip: Don’t have a pole? Don’t worry. You can rent everything you need for a day of fishing, including a rod and reel, waders, tackle, and net — as well as a 1-day fishing license for $100 at The Bait Shack.

Embrace Alaska Culture

To experience the true soul of Anchorage, check out the local museums or book a tour with a local. Anchorage is located in the Dena’ina Ełnena, the traditional homelands of the Dena’ina Athabascan people, and discovering Indigenous Alaska culture is not just educational and fascinating, but inspiring as well. And, as always, the locals will let you know what other free and low-cost things you can do in town and the best (and most affordable) places to eat.

4. Tour With A Local Guide

I’m a big fan of walking tours as I truly believe they are the best way to get to know a city and learn facts and interesting tidbits you can’t find anywhere else. Anchorage has a great walking tour hosted by rangers at the Alaska Public Lands Information Center. This 45-minute walking tour centers around downtown Anchorage and includes the history of Alaska and the city’s public spaces, state lands, and area national parks.

Another low-cost and enjoyable way to learn about Anchorage is through Anchorage Trolley Tours — a scenic 15-mile tour around the city led by knowledgeable Anchorage-based guides.

Pro Tip: The Anchorage Trolley Tour is an added cost-saving bonus as each tour also comes with $200 worth of savings in a coupon book that includes over 40 businesses within walking distance of the trolley stop.

5. Alaska History And Indigenous Culture

Museum lovers can spend days exploring the numerous museums and centers around Anchorage that delve deep into the city’s Russian, native, gold rush, and pioneering histories. From the Anchorage Museum and Anchorage Botanical Garden to the Alaska Aviation Museum and the Alaska Museum of Science & Nature, you can find fascinating art, information, history, and more within the city.

My favorite was the Alaska Native Heritage Center, which includes a detailed museum, visitors center, and interpretive trails covering Alaska’s 11 major cultures. The Alaska Native experience continues through stories, dance exhibitions, and more.

Pro Tip: Many museums have free and discounted admission days. For instance, the Anchorage Museum offers free admission from 6–9 p.m. on the first Friday of the month, while the Alaska Aviation Museum has discounted admission for first responders, military members, and seniors.

Day Trips On A Dollar

6. Girdwood

If you want to leave the city to explore the surrounding scenery, Girdwood is the perfect day trip escape. When you get to Girdwood, take the Alyeska Aerial Tram from the Alyeska Resort and Alyeska Nordic Spa all the way to the top of Mount Alyeska.

Starting at just $119, you can spend all day enjoying the benefits of the outdoor pools, saunas, steam rooms, and exfoliation cabin at Alaska’s newest spa.

Girdwood itself is a gem of a resort town with plenty of activities to make the 40-minute drive from Anchorage along the Seward Highway worth it. Activities like skiing, snowboarding, snow machining (snowmobiling), nordic skiing, dog mushing, and more are available in winter with hiking, rafting, and biking plentiful in summer.

The shopping and dining scene in Girdwood is spectacular with boutique shops and restaurants like Jack Sprat Restaurant, Sakura Asian Bistro, and the Mardi-Gras-themed Double Musky Inn.

Pro Tip: Opening in July, the new Veilbreaker Skybridges at Alyeska Resort will take you to new heights. After you put on your safety harness, you can walk across two sky bridges 2,500 feet above the valley floor.

Eat Like A Local In Anchorage

The Jack Sprat Restaurant’s Sweet Cheek is a signature dish featuring pan-seared halibut cheeks, organic black-eyed peas, and collard greens with a tasso ham vinaigrette. But it’s the Big Jack half-pound wagyu beef burger (which comes with an Impossible Burger version) that will really fill you up after a day outdoors.

The top choice at Sakura Asian Bistro would have to be the bento box, which comes with the chef’s selection of Alaska meat and seafood.

If the Double Musky Inn is your choice, opt for the shrimp and sausage jambalaya, which is served hot, hot, hot to warm you up after a day of fun in the snow.

A bucket list trip to Alaska doesn’t have to break the bank. These budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage are enough to give you the full taste of the best that Alaska has to offer.

Lopez Island serenely sits nestled in the San Juan Island archipelago of Washington State. A picturesque destination known fondly by locals as “the hidden gem” for its natural beauty and relaxed pace of life, this is one island we visit regularly. Calling Washington home, we find this idyllic island offers the perfect romantic getaway for anyone seeking peace, tranquility, and a renewed connection with each other.

Lopez offers charming rural landscapes, stunning beaches, and a vibrant local artisan community all within a laid-back atmosphere of island life. Whether the two of you enjoy time together birding, hiking, biking, or you are just looking to unwind, Lopez Island captures plenty of things to do together to make lasting memories as well as strong bonds. Or, maybe do nothing at all but unplug, unwind, and simply enjoy each other’s company.

While my stay and visit were sponsored by VisitSanJuans, all opinions and recommendations are my own.

1. Beaches

Agate Beach

With over 60 miles of shoreline, Lopez Island is a haven for beach lovers. From sandy beaches perfect for sunbathing to rocky shores for tide-pooling, there is something for everyone. Agate Beach, located on the southern end of the island, is popular for its colorful agates and stunning sunset views. Hold hands while strolling the shoreline and collect a bit of both to add to your memories.

Spencer Spit State Park

Spencer Spit State Park, on the northeastern tip of the island, offers sandy beaches, walking trails, and picnic areas, making it a perfect leisurely spot for a day by the water.

2. Biking 

Lopez Island is famous for its bike-friendly roads and scenic cycling routes. Renting a bike from Edenwild makes for a seamless ride, or bring your own and explore the island at a leisurely pace, taking in the pastoral scenes and beautiful waterfront views. 

Shark Reef Sanctuary

We packed a picnic lunch and rode from Lopez Village to Shark Reef Sanctuary, located on the southwestern tip of the island, where we hiked a very accessible trail out to the edge of the water. The rugged landscape is breathtaking, making this the perfect backdrop for lunch.

Lopez Island Loop

The Lopez Island Loop is a popular 30-mile bike route that takes you around the entire island, passing by farms, forests, and picturesque waterfronts. Try an electric bike for an easier and more relaxed ride.

3. Kayaking Or Paddleboarding

The calm waters surrounding Lopez Island make it ideal for kayaking or paddleboarding. Rent a kayak or paddleboard and explore the island’s pristine bays, coves, and inlets at your own pace. What could be more romantic than a serene paddle along the shoreline, observing the abundant wildlife, and enjoying the peace of the island’s waters together? Perhaps it’s another memory in the making to write down in your journal.

4. Lopez Island Farmers Market

Lopez Island is renowned for its vibrant local farming community and visiting the farmers market is a must-do activity. The Lopez Island Farmers Market, held on Saturdays during the summer months, offers a wide array of fresh produce, local crafts, and live music. It’s a great opportunity to meet local producers, sample some delicious local tidbits, or purchase fresh fruits, vegetables, and handmade crafts to take with you as a wonderful way to keep the romance going once you return home.

5. Lopez Hill

Lopez Island is home to several beautiful parks and nature reserves that offer fantastic hiking opportunities. Bike on over to Lopez Hill Preserve, a 400-acre nature reserve with a network of well-maintained trails each leading to stunning viewpoints overlooking the Salish Sea, lush forests, and wildflower meadows.

6. Lopez Island Historical Museum

If you are a passionate history buff, then immerse yourself in the island’s stories by visiting the Lopez Island Historical Museum. Learn about the area’s Native American heritage, early European settlers, and rich maritime history. The museum features artifacts, photographs, and exhibits that showcase the island’s unique cultural heritage, making it a fascinating destination for history lovers and those interested in local lore.

Pro Tip: The museum is open seasonally and staffed by volunteers. Check its hours of operation before heading out.

Best Restaurants On Lopez Island

Ursa Minor

In the evenings, enjoy a romantic dinner at Ursa Minor, one of the island’s cozy restaurants. 

Lopez Island is known for its farm-to-table cuisine. Go ahead and indulge in delicious meals made from local produce and experience the unique flavors of the region. Many restaurants on Lopez Island also offer waterfront dining, providing scenic views while you savor your meal.

Skarpari

Or, for a more intimate experience, try your hand at cooking. Skarpari is made up of the dynamic duo of Krista and Chris Stovall, who will take you into the gardens and the wilds of Lopez Island to forage for edible plants, herbs, and even seaweed. Return to Edenwild Inn to cook up dinner and dessert using the day’s foraged goodies fresh from the vine, garden, and sea — all under the gentle direction of the Stovalls.

Edenwild Boutique Inn

The first step to planning your romantic weekend on Lopez Island is finding the perfect accommodation and that begins at the Edenwild Boutique Inn. Located in the heart of Lopez Village, the Edenwild looks out towards the waters of Fisherman’s Bay with stunning views of the sea, plus its centralized proximity allows easy access to the island’s natural wonders.

Take life down a few notches at this wonderful boutique hotel while you relax and unwind on the veranda and watch the sunset over the Salish Sea. In the morning, innkeepers Anthony and Crystal Rovente provide a fresh, locally sourced breakfast right to your room so you may greet the day at your leisure.

Fall In Love With The Island

Fall in love with each other all over again while you soak up the island’s natural beauty, charming atmosphere, and secluded settings. Whether you take home fond memories of adventure, relaxation, or those quiet moments simply enjoying each other’s company, Lopez Island is the perfect destination to rekindle your relationship.

So pack your bags, grab your sweetheart, and escape to Lopez Island for a weekend of romance and adventure you’ll never forget.

Related Reading:

• 6 Charming Small Towns Not To Miss In Southwest Washington State
• 6 Tips For Whale Watching On Scenic San Juan Island
• 8 Reasons Winter Is The Perfect Time To Visit Gorgeous Orcas Island, Washington

I’m not a big fan of the cold, and I cringe deep in my soul at the idea of immersing myself in ice-cold water. The fact that I was shivering in nothing but a bikini and socks on the shores of a bay in Antarctica came as much of a surprise to me as to anyone else. With my arms wrapped around my goosebumped flesh, I looked at my travel partner, Lyle, who had the same worried look on his face.

“Are we really going to do this?” I asked. “How can we not? We’re in Antarctica!” he said enthusiastically, even though his expression was anything but enthusiastic.

With that, we took a deep breath and ran towards the arctic waters. The initial shock of frigid waters didn’t hit me immediately until I held my breath and plunged into water colder than anything I had ever felt. I think I lasted all of three seconds before squealing with shock and veering off toward the shore and my dry clothes.

We had just done our first Polar Plunge, and our first time was in the bay at Deception Island, Antarctica. As they say, if you’re gonna go, go big! The Polar Plunge was the ice cube on top of the frozen cake, and here’s why I can’t wait to do it again.

Note: The writer was a hosted guest of Hurtigruten Expeditions. All opinions are her own.

1. Where I Went And Why

When you have the chance to knock off the last of the seven continents off your list and journey to a land sheathed in mystery and adventure, you jump at the chance. I had always dreamed of seeing Antarctica — made famous by legendary explorers such as Roald Amundsen, Sir Ernest Shackleton, and Sir Edmund Hillary.

Lyle and I embarked on the Hurtigruten Expeditions 12-day Highlights of Antarctica cruise. It ventured from Buenos Aires, Argentina, and the southern Argentina port of Ushuaia, before embarking on the MS Fridtjof Nansen, recently voted the safest and most sustainable cruise ship in the world.

After a rough and tumble 2 days crossing 600 miles of the notorious Drake Passage to reach the tip of the peninsula of Antarctica, we immediately started exploring. Because Hurtigruten Expeditions focuses on sustainability, science, and small-ship experiences, many of our expeditions were accompanied by working scientists on board.

2. Adventure And Excursions

Wildlife And Icy Views

Like a line of red and yellow ants, we weaved up the side of a snowy mountain on a hike to a chinstrap penguin colony at Orne Harbor; our first steps on the actual continent of Antarctica. The pathway was slippery and required hiking poles, but the views of the vast land and seas from atop the mountain were staggering. Jaunty little chinstrap penguins waddled, protected fuzzy gray chicks, and honked at each other.

Earlier that day, we went kayaking, watching icebergs calve and flip while penguins lept gracefully through the waters. Another day, we visited several penguin colonies. And on other days, we explored old Antarctica homesteads and took inflatable Zodiacs to get up close and personal with whales. Seals lounged on the ice like big gray potatoes while arctic birds like petrels and albatross soared above. While Antarctica seems desolate and intimidating, it is surprisingly full of life, and each day was a thrilling foray into discovery.

Be Flexible

Each day held potential for hiking, kayaking, Zodiac excursions, or wildlife viewing. However, the itinerary is at the mercy of the weather, so it’s best to expect delays, cancellations of activities, and hiccups along the way.

3. Learning About Antarctica

Education And Environment

The Antarctica cruise wasn’t all fun and games, though we had plenty of those. Climate researchers, students, and experts in their field, our Expedition Team led lectures about Antarctica on topics ranging from icebergs, history, ornithology, whale numbers, and phytoplankton as well as photography and stargazing.

These experts were our guides on landings, hikes, and expedition boat cruising. I was one of the lucky “lottery” winners to accompany a scientist on a Zodiac expedition to attempt to take a skin sample from a mother humpback whale and her calf while also collecting water samples to track the DNA of what creatures passed through the waters.

Other programs on board Hurtigruten’s MS Nansen included a class on how to use the GLOBE Observer app, a citizen-science app that lets you record cloud coverage anywhere you are to complement NASA satellite observations; the global Happy Whale program that lets cruisers identify individual marine mammals; Aurorasaurus, the first citizen science project that collects sightings of the northern and southern lights; and eBird, which allows guests to record seabird distribution, among others.

4. What I Liked, What I Didn’t

My favorite activities on Hurtigruten Expeditions’ Antarctica cruise were the outdoor explorations. The guides were thoroughly trained in guiding and safety, and even when a nearby iceberg flipped over in front of us while kayaking, we never felt unsafe. 

The leisurely days crossing the Drake Passage, and after the day’s activities, were filled with lectures, science lab activities, games, and more. The onboard lounge and bar with its massive windows was a perfect place to relax, sip on an Irish whisky, and watch for whales.

As guests, everyone is given a polar expedition jacket to keep, which is probably the best jacket I’ve owned. Guests are also loaned rubber landing boots, floatation devices, and special cards that track when you get on and off the ship. Safety is a big priority.

Bring Snacks

One thing I didn’t like about the cruise was the limitation of available snacks, though, I think it’s part of Hurtigruten’s efforts to reduce waste. The three restaurants on board have set hours of operation, so if you miss the window, you go hungry. We took to-go boxes of snackable items from the buffet to munch when we felt snacky.

Fun Fact: Hurtigruten Expeditions is the first cruise line to implement SpaceX’s broadband service Starlink across all ships. Today, the company now offers high-speed, low-latency connectivity across its entire fleet, and it worked fantastically for me while I was on board.

5. How You Can Do An Arctic Polar Plunge Too

Our last day in Antarctica was on Deception Island, a horseshoe-shaped active volcano. The sun was finally shining as we hiked for 2–3 hours around the rim of the volcano, which was dormant but incredibly windy. You’ll have to be able to take pretty steep inclines over rocky terrain for this hike, but the views of the bay and the ship below are well worth the huffing and puffing.

At the end of the hike, the Hurtigruten crew was ready with towels and guides to lead brave souls into the icy waters for the Polar Plunge. Frankly, I was surprised that the majority of guests from young to old braved this extreme activity, but we did. 

Be prepared by bringing an extra set of dry clothes and dry socks, as well as a hat for wet hair and gloves. You’ll have to wear socks into the water because the sand can burn your feet (it is still volcanically active), but the water was a balmy 31 degrees Fahrenheit. Back at the ship, guests who braved the ordeal all received a personalized certificate.

But the bonding that night over dinner and drinks was the best as we all recounted our icy dip and shared photos and videos.

What You’ll Need

Pack plenty of layers, preferably with an inner woolen layer. You’ll need waterproof or water-resistant pants for the excursions, two water-resistant pairs of gloves, a warm hat, a backpack for excursions, motion sickness pills, warm quick-dry jackets, polarized sunglasses, and a swimsuit. While on board, the dress code is casual, so think denim, wool, t-shirts (underneath), GoreTex, and fleece (wool).

I found having a casual pair of slip-on shoes or tennis shoes for the ship was comfy and helpful.

Also, medical travel insurance with emergency evacuation is required. 

Hurtigruten Expeditions

The optional Polar Plunge was one of the last adventures offered on Hurtigruten Expeditions’ Antarctica cruise. Throughout the week, we explored the world’s most southern continent — an intimidatingly beautiful land encased in millennia of ice and snow — and embarked on adventures ranging from snow hikes, scientific excursions, kayaking among icebergs, and hiking with penguins. And while I hate the cold and being cold, the cruise was among the most impactful experiences of any destination I’ve been to.

Related Reading:

• 7 Best Things About Visiting Antarctica
• 6 Physician Tips To Prepare For A Cruise To Antarctica
• I Took A Solo Trip To Antarctica And It Was Amazing

Like most major cities in the world, Dublin can be an expensive place to visit. But also like most other cities, it doesn’t have to be this way. Dublin has plenty of things you can see and do for free, or nearly free. One of the reasons I love Dublin is the atmosphere, which is free, and there are lots of ways you can experience the charm of this city without spending much money. 

There’s always a lot going on in Dublin, like street performers and pop-up market stalls, which are free, but you can also visit museums and art galleries without splashing cash. Here’s my pick of the best free, or nearly free, things to do in Dublin, Ireland.

1. National Museum Of Ireland

Just like in Scotland, most museums and art galleries in Ireland are free to enter. Of all of these museums, The National Museum of Ireland is one of the most popular, and because it’s free, it does get quite busy. Don’t miss the mummified remains of human sacrifices, which were preserved in the Irish bogs and are still incredible specimens of mummified bodies. A lot of visitors will be heading for this display, so be patient and be prepared to wait in line to see this. The museum also has some beautiful examples of prehistoric gold and Viking weapons, as well as pottery and other archaeological finds from the area.

2. Dublin Mountains

As you might expect, hiking the Dublin Mountains — which act as a glorious backdrop to the city — is completely free. You will have to pay for travel to the mountains either by bus, taxi, or car, as they aren’t really close enough to walk to. But once you’re there, you’ve got an amazing way to spend half a day for free. If the word “mountains” puts you off, don’t worry, these are more like big hills and you don’t need to be an experienced hiker to walk them. There are plenty of trails, some easier than others, and lots of families take advantage of this natural wonder which gifts you incredible views once you get up there. It’s the perfect place to take a picnic.

3. Dublin’s Doors

If you like architecture, or you just have a passing interest in old buildings, Dublin has some incredible examples of houses the Georgians built. Among the Georgian architecture and intricate fittings are some beautiful front doors, the likes of which you’ll be hard-pressed to find anywhere else. These houses were once the homes of well-to-do politicians and professionals, and it’s the grand colorful doors that still speak of that time in Dublin’s history. Dating back to the 18th century, these doors and brass knockers make fantastic photos to show everyone back home.

4. Live Music In The Pub

In Dublin, you don’t have to pay ticket prices to see some seriously good musicians playing a gig — all you have to do is go down to the pub. Lots of the city center pubs have live bands playing for free, and there’s always an impromptu Irish trad session going on in back rooms and around the fire. All you need to spend is the money for a pint or two. If you want live music for free, without the cost of a beer, you can find plenty of street musicians on Grafton Street who you can stop and watch. They’re so good, though, you’ll be sure to tip them. Dublin is a city of music. Take in the street performers on the way to the pub and you have the best of both worlds. 

5. Irish Museum Of Modern Art

The building that houses the Irish Museum of Modern Art is as much of an attraction as the displays themselves. It’s an incredible 17th-century building, formerly the Hospital of Kilmainham, that sits within 48 acres of land. These grounds are beautifully landscaped and maintained and they are a lovely place for a wander. Entry to the galleries is free, though some exhibitions may have a charge attached. Guided tours are held every day and are free to join, or you can take your own time around the corridors and rooms full of sculptures, artworks, and installations.

6. Dollymount Strand 

Showcasing Dublin’s coastline, Dollymount Strand is a 3-mile stretch of sand and dunes with incredible views out to sea. The beach is part of North Bul Island, a nature reserve that floats just off the coast, where you can spot migratory birds and maybe even a seal or two. What you are likely to see is brave Dubliners going for a swim, no matter what time of year it is. This is a popular spot for sea swimmers and even when the water is very cold, which it often is, bathers will be wading out for a dip. If you’re not tempted to try it yourself, this is a lovely spot for a jog or just a gentle walk by the water.

7. The Dead Zoo

One of Dublin’s more unusual museums, The Dead Zoo houses a collection of taxidermied animals and well-preserved skeletons. This is Dublin’s oldest museum and has over 10,000 species on display, and it’s completely free to enter. It’s not for anyone who’s squeamish about this sort of thing, but if you don’t mind the sight of a few stuffed animals, it’s a fascinating look at natural history and very unusual to see so many taxidermied creatures in one place. The museum also has the flies that Darwin studied on his voyage to the Galapagos Islands in its collection, but these are usually kept in the private collection.

8. The Grounds Of Dublin Castle

You do have to pay a fee to take a tour of the interior of Dublin Castle, but you can explore the grounds for free. The site was settled by Vikings in 841 and the castle was established here sometime in the 13th century, so there’s a lot of history to soak up. Enjoy the exterior of the castle walls and take a moment to reflect on its history when you sit in the peaceful Dubh Lin Garden. The cobbled squares and the atmosphere of the grounds make this a fascinating way to see the castle for free.

9. Dublin’s Waterways

Most visitors to Dublin are familiar with the River Liffey, which flows right through the middle of the city. The Ha’Penny Bridge is a lovely place for a photo as it was built in 1816 with arches over the water in complete majesty. It looks especially beautiful in the evening when it’s lit up. But not so many visitors are familiar with the canals of Dublin. The Royal Canal is in the north of the city and the Grand Canal is in the south. Both are equally worth a visit. The canals were built in the 18th century as trade routes, but are now very quiet compared to their heyday of business, becoming redundant when the railway was built. Both canals are lovely places for a walk or to spend some time on a bench watching the water flow by.

Pro Tip: Dublin On Foot

You can spend time in Dublin without spending anything at all, simply walking around, soaking up the atmosphere, watching street performers, and seeing the architecture, sculptures, and statues of Dublin’s most famous sons and daughters. Look up as you walk around and you’ll see stone and bronze busts of famous figures from history. It’s a culturally rich city, so there’s a lot of character on display as you walk around. For more on how to walk the city, check out 7 Fabulous Things Not To Miss While Exploring Dublin By Foot.

There are many reasons to take a solo cruise. I leaped at the chance to experience the Celebrity Beyond — Celebrity Cruises’ newest ship. I was physically and emotionally exhausted after caring for my mother prior to her death and funeral 2 weeks prior. The opportunity to get away and not have to worry about anyone but myself was a welcome respite. I looked forward to spa treatments and fabulous meals I didn’t have to cook myself. 

Celebrity Cruises invited me on a culinary-themed Press Trip on the Celebrity Beyond. I traveled solo and had my own cabin. The press trip had some organized group activities all with people I did not know prior to the trip. I felt like I got the solo experience and would do it again. One of the things I noticed on my cruise was how friendly other guests were toward me when I was alone. One of the things many cruisers look forward to is meeting new people. This is a plus when you are traveling solo. You can interact with others as much or as little as you like.

Some solo travelers enjoy the opportunity to be on their own schedule without input from others. Some have the time and money to get away but no one to travel with. I recommend just going and here are the reasons why.

1. Solo Cabins

The Celebrity Beyond offers 32 single staterooms with an Infinite Veranda. These rooms really cater to the solo traveler and are some of the best of any cruise line that offers solo travel. The Edge Single Stateroom with an Infinite Veranda is 184 square feet with a 42-square-foot veranda. The Infinite Veranda is a game-changer as it is part of the room with solid walls to the left and right. With the flick of a switch, the glass wall lowers, creating the veranda. 

These rooms offer plenty of space for the solo cruiser and are not much smaller than the Edge Stateroom with an Infinite Veranda at 243 square feet and a 42-square-foot veranda. The Celebrity Beyond is a new ship and the décor in all the cabins is modern and fresh with the latest in design and technology. You can even control aspects of your room from the Celebrity App. For example, on an extra hot day, you can use the app to turn the temperature down so your room is cool when you return.

2. Classes And Activities

During the press trip, I participated in some group activities such as a mixology class at the World Class Bar. This fun class is also available to book for guests on the ship and is an easy way to meet people on the cruise due to the intimate nature of the class. I got to prepare three craft cocktails under the expert tutelage of our helpful bartender Nico. It was such an enjoyable time and classmates mingled afterward while enjoying our creations.

Check the daily bulletin provided in your cabin each night for a variety of classes and activities offered on board each day. A nice feature of the Celebrity App is how you can access this information prior to your cruise so you can plan. If you are an early riser, enjoy a morning stretch class. If you’re into art, enjoy adult coloring or other crafts. Dance classes are offered at various times on the ship and even in the pool. There is no lack of classes or activities to enjoy on board. It is a great way to meet other guests who have a shared interest with you.

3. Facebook Groups

Prior to sailing on this cruise, I joined the Celebrity Beyond Facebook group, which held a wealth of information about my upcoming trip. There are so many experienced cruisers available to answer any of your questions. Within these ship groups, someone will start a group for a specific cruise date. This is a great way to connect and meet people prior to your trip. The group I joined set up a sail-away event with 31 people responding to attend. The leader arranged a meeting spot with a Facebook sign and name tags. I found the group very helpful, friendly, and eager to answer questions. I saw a few members plan a shore excursion together prior to sailing. One person even posted about their parents’ first cruise and found people to watch out for them.

4. Shore Excursions

I recommend booking excursions through the ship especially if you are traveling alone. This way the ship’s crew knows you are on a specific excursion and that you made it back on the ship. In case the excursion is late or has an emergency, Celebrity will handle the arrangements to get you back to the ship. In addition to the peace of mind, when you book the excursion, you’ll also be with a group from your ship. Each cruise line is popular with different demographics. For example, if you are on a luxury cruise with the majority of the guests over 50, you might not enjoy hanging out with 20-somethings in a party mode or small children if you left your grandchildren at home. I enjoyed the shore excursions I booked through Celebrity. All were well run and there was such a variety of options. Even though the ship was 100 percent booked, there were plenty of excursions still available to book once on board.

Pro Tip: The Celebrity Beyond also offers tours aboard ship on days at sea. Guests can book Bridge Tours or Inside Access: Behind the Scenes Ship Tours. Both of these are very popular and sell out fast so you will want to book prior to your cruise.

5. Solo Dining 

For many new solo travelers, the idea of dining alone is fraught with anxiety, but it doesn’t need to be, especially on the Celebrity Beyond. The ship has 32 restaurants and bars that truly offer something for everyone. The main dining rooms offer you the opportunity to be seated with other guests. Just ask when you check in. There is often a table set aside for solo travelers. There are also hidden gems like the Spa Cafe where you can enjoy healthy nibbles in a quiet atmosphere.

The premium restaurants are enjoyable for solo travelers because, with the excellent service, you’ll never be alone. Ask plenty of questions about the food and interact with the sommelier for advice on pairing. My favorite premium restaurant was Eden. The food was so innovative and I loved the open-kitchen concept. There is so much activity going on in the kitchen and it is intriguing to watch the creativity involved with the preparation and the artistic plating of your meal — truly memorable.

Tips From Celebrity On Solo Cruises

The Celebrity website has a wealth of information, especially for solo cruises. I found their tips to meet new friends on board very helpful. Celebrity encourages solo travelers to get to know the crew; who are from all over the world. There are many intimate bars on board the ship. Choose one that fits your vibe and get to know the bartender. It’s fun to sit at the bar and watch cocktails being made. Another suggestion is to get to know the cruise director. Their job is to make sure everyone is having fun. Introduce yourself and let them know you are traveling solo. They can give you pro tips on activities and entertainment you might enjoy. The site also has lots of information on which ships have solo cabins and good itineraries for solo travelers.

Don’t let the lack of a companion keep you from traveling. A cruise is a safe and fun way to get out and see the world while solo.

Pro Tip: The first quarter of the year is known as “Wave Season” and is typically the best time for cruise deals and promotions. Some cruise lines also offer low or no single supplements (the cost you pay when booking a double cabin while sailing alone). Celebrity waived the single supplement on more than 275 cruises through March 2023. Promotions and sales constantly change, so if you see something you like, make sure to book it.

Related Reading: 

• 6 Cruise Splurges Our Experts Say Are Worth Every Penny
• 8 Reasons You Should Consider Taking Back-To-Back Cruises
• 4 Amazing Cruise Deals To Book Right Now, Plus Tips For Picking The Perfect Destination

There are two types of people in this world when it comes to travel: those who love the speed of flight and those who love the good old-fashioned all-American road trip. While I do appreciate flying to certain destinations, I have to admit that when given the chance I really do prefer to hit the open road.

As someone who has taken my fair share of journeys on the road, I’ve realized that there are some things I just can’t live without. Whether you’re traveling as a couple, with kids, with grandkids, with a friend, or solo, there are some items that you’ve got to have packed before you hit the road. Some of these things I learned early on to take, thanks to lots of road trips with my parents and sister as a kid. Others I have decided I need as an adult — usually after taking a trip without them! So don’t be me — just take my advice before your next road trip. Don’t leave home without any of these road trip necessities.

Also, don’t miss picks 21 through 26 from our travel editors!

1. Sunglasses

Shop Now

Don’t even think about backing out of your driveway without at least one pair of sunglasses. Road trips can send you in every direction, so you need to be prepared. After spending almost 40 years of my life maintaining it’s crazy to spend more than $8 on a pair of sunglasses, I invested in my first pair of Oakleys 10 years ago and haven’t had to buy another pair since. The key words there being “had to,” because I’ve picked up a few more Oakleys along the way. They’re all great in their own way, and I’m glad I made the investment.

3. Games

Shop Now

Traveling with kids, or alone with your spouse who might not love long road trips as much as you? Make sure you have some entertainment that involves actually talking to each other. If you’re a Gen X’er like me, there is very little doubt that you grew up playing Mad Libs, most likely on a road trip. Great news — they still exist!

Start things off with this blast from the past and grab the mobile version of Mad Libs. Available for different devices, you’re going to remember quickly why this cheeseburger was the ugliest tree at the symphony, at least according to my fourth-grade teacher. If ya know, ya know.

Another classic road trip game for folks our age was trying to locate a license plate from every state in the Union. While I can say with certainty I never accumulated more than 20 or so on any given trip (just driving from Missouri to Florida quite often as a kid covered Missouri, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, Georgia, and Florida), I sure had fun trying!

Like lots of games these days, this can be done on an app, but it seems like this is best done on good old-fashioned paper. You or your kids may even learn a little geography along the way.

5. Phone Charging Cords

Shop Now

You’ll get a lot of use out of that portable charger, but while you’re on a long car ride you may as well take advantage of the car USB ports at your disposal. While using the cord that comes with your phone is always a good idea, sometimes there’s a need in the back seat for a longer option. If you have an iPhone like I do, these cords from CyvenSmart do a good job and are pretty sturdy. I have purchased these for myself and family a few times. If you’re using something else, Onlytang makes a versatile car charger that works on lots of devices.

8. AirPods

Shop Now

For reasons I cannot explain, not everyone wants to listen to the same playlists, podcasts, or audiobooks that I listen to. To each their own, I suppose. If you find yourself in a similar situation, you’re going to want to travel with some type of headphones.

After going through just about every kind of headphone you can imagine over the years — including a couple of types of wireless options — I picked up some Apple AirPods a few years ago and have never looked back. If I ever have to buy a new pair of earbuds, I’ll go straight back to these. Fortunately, I’ve still got the first pair I ever bought — even after running over one of them with a riding mower once. True story.

11. Hand Sanitizer And Hand Cream

Shop Now

Your gas tank is full, and you’ve all got some snacks. Did you wash your hands in that gas station bathroom? Did everyone else in your car wash their hands in that gas station bathroom? Did you wash your hands after you pumped the gas? That’s what I figured. Do yourself and everyone in your car a favor: grab some hand sanitizer or wet wipes.

There are lots to pick from, but my wife got me hooked years ago on the seemingly endless number of options at Bath and Body Works. Smells for days, so to speak. Having this stuff around is good for those in-car snacks after you’ve been playing on your phone or touching whatever other filthy stuff in your car. And while you’re at it, pack some hand cream, too. It doesn’t take much space and it will likely come in handy.

12. Cup Holders And Trays

Shop Now

If you’re anything like literally every person who’s ever accompanied me on a road trip, you just walked out of that gas station with way more stuff than you have space for. Fear not, the guy who wrote that thing on that travel website told you to buy this cup holder tray thing made by Seven Sparta, and now everyone is happy. The ability to add space and a tray to what you already have can’t hurt, so you’ll want to pick up something to help you manage all of those drinks and candy bars. Problem solved.

13. Travel Mugs

Shop Now

Another option is to plan ahead and bring yourself a beverage before you leave the house. If that’s more your speed, you’ll want a reliable travel mug or reusable water bottle. Another recommendation that comes from personal experience — and I’m not exactly going out on a limb here — is a Tervis. These come in all shapes and sizes and can even be customized. They’ve always kept my hot drinks hot and my cold drinks cold and I have nothing to complain about, and I always have at least one with me on the road. Plus, if water is your drink of choice, you can refill them for free at any rest stop.

14. Cooler And Ice Packs

Shop Now

Another must-have for the well-prepared road tripper is a car cooler. Useful from the moment you leave the house to the moment you stop to restock all the way to an overnight stay on the way to wherever, Titan makes a good-looking and well-rated cooler that comes in lots of sizes. If that doesn’t work for you or is a little too expensive, there are over-the-seat options available too, like this one made by High Road. Don’t forget to grab some ice packs! I can personally attest that these packs from Coleman work quite well, but there are a lot of options out there.

15. Trash Can

Shop Now

Another lifesaver on any road trip is some type of portable trash can. No, a plastic grocery bag is not good enough. Why? Because this portable trash can also holds tissues. No, used tissues from the bottom of someone’s purse are not good enough. The fine folks at Farasla have created a nice little option for your road trip, and you’re going to want to make sure you have this in your car before you go anyplace. It’s leakproof, it has straps, and it comes with multiple liners, making it far superior to that grocery bag you’ve been using.

16. Roadside Emergency Kit And First Aid Kit

Shop Now

Now that you’ve played some games, listened to some podcasts, picked up some coffee and snacks, saved money on gas, and charged your devices, someone is bound to have an injury. Well, not necessarily (is this not a shared experience?), but just in case… It’s always good to have an emergency road kit and first aid kit on your road trip.

For your car, this safety kit from First Secure has just about everything you’ll need. If you’re looking for something a little less expensive, Veetos has a nice kit as well. When it comes to first aid, leave it to the Red Cross to have lots of options for you. At a minimum, make sure you have an inflated spare tire, flashlight, flares, and jumper cables. Sure, you may never use any of this, but you’ll be glad you have these items if the need arises.

17. Neck Pillows, Regular Pillows, And Blankets

Shop Now

The bleeding has stopped, order has been restored, and it’s time for a nap. If you are someone who likes to grab some zzzs in the car, you are probably also familiar with the crick in your neck that’s almost certainly to follow. If this describes you, you might want to consider grabbing one of these travel pillows from BCOZZY.

At first, I thought they were a little silly looking. But then upon further review, I get it – these things work. And who are you trying to impress on this road trip, anyway? If you need neck support, give these a try. If a more standard pillow is more your speed, Wise Owl Outfitters offers a nice variety to choose from.

To complete your ideal car nap, you’ll want a blanket, too. Eversnug offers a good option that comes in lots of colors, and they even include a matching pillow.

18. Headache Meds, Pill Container, And Contact Solution/Eye Drops

Shop Now

Now that you’ve enjoyed a nap, your contacts are probably dried out. And now that your contacts are acting up, you probably have a headache. While I’m not going to bother to tell you what to take for a headache, I can tell you that I’m always glad that I remembered to bring my Biotrue portable contact solution, which fits in a much smaller space than the large bottle you’ve hopefully packed in your suitcase. You may not need to take them out — try some eye drops, first. From personal experience, I use Systane Ultra. They work pretty well, so if you wake up with dry eyes try them before you take your contacts out entirely.

I also learned many years ago that a baggie full of pills and toiletries is not the best way to travel (live and learn), so I started using this simple but useful pill organizer made by Ezy Dose. I even use it at home, but it’s certainly a must-have on a road trip. If you’re looking to have a few different kinds of motion sickness/headache/allergy/cold meds but don’t want to carry all of those bottles in your pocket, this nifty little container made by Dtouayz fits right in your pocket.

19. Lipbalm

Shop Now

This is another suggestion that seems like it should go without saying, but I’ve forgotten it enough that I’m going to go ahead and say it. Grab some lip balm. And no, don’t just say you’ll grab some on the road if you need it. It’s a bit more expensive at a roadside gas station than going to the store or buying it online. Give me Vanilla Bean or Mango Burt’s Bees any day. Or, if you’re more old school, Chapstick is tried and true.

20. Back Scratchers

Shop Now

I’ve been openly mocked for this, probably because I buy them in bulk and keep one on my nightstand, on the end table, in my car, and in my office at work. But you’re going to thank me later for this last, but certainly not least, suggestion — grab some Ohuhu back scratchers. The price is right, they’re pretty durable, they’re expandable, and the person next to you is absolutely going to get tired of scratching your back every time you ask.

I think that should just about do it — now hit the road and have fun! You should be all set.

Editors’ Picks

Travel editors Linsey Stevens and Evan Pagano recommend these six products that will elevate your upcoming road trip that much more.

21. Manta Sleep Mask

Buy Now

If you get car sick while riding as a passenger and/or want to really zone out and get some epic sleep while someone else takes the wheel, a Manta sleep mask is a must. Linsey has been using Manta masks since 2020. With Zero Eye Pressure Adjustable Eye Cups and a completely customizable fit, they take sleep masks to the next level.

Manta’s lineup has grown to include masks that incorporate Bluetooth, silk, and beyond. These are every sensitive road tripper’s new go-to for a calmer, more relaxed trip, plus better sleep when you get wherever you’re going.

22. Pure-Sky By Persik Car Cleaning Products

Buy Now

Messes are inevitable when you’re spending long hours in the car, especially when snacks, meals, pets, and/or children are involved. Evan uses Pure-Sky by Persik’s car cleaning lineup on his frequent jaunts from Kansas City to Saint Louis and says they’re especially great for getting dog hair off the upholstery. The cleaning cloths also remove bacteria (all you have to do is add water and wipe) and are super absorbent.

23. A High-End Car Air Freshener…

Buy Now

Once your vehicle’s hair-free, take it up a notch with a luxe air freshener. Linsey’s sister loves Bend, Oregon-based Broken Top Candle Company’s Saguaro Cactus Car Freshener. It’s a completely unique scent that brings the Southwest vibes into your vehicle with notes of agave, aloe, and moss. Broken Top also offers car fresheners in their Sea Salt Surf, Coconut Sandalwood, Black Coral Tide, and Tobacco Teak scents.

Pro Tip: If you’re not a car freshener fan (Linsey isn’t) read on for a scent-free option and consider Broken Top’s soy candles for home. The Honey Horchata (not too sweet) is Linsey’s favorite, and in addition to the unique car air fresheners, the candles make great gifts, especially considering Broken Top is a 1% for the Planet brand.

24. …Or An Unscented Air Freshener

Buy Now

If air freshener scents make you queasy, you’re not alone. Skip the scents and purify the air in your car with an alternative option: the charcoal-based PURGGO Car Air Eco-Purifier & Freshener. Instead of covering scents with more scent, bamboo charcoal absorbs whatever odors are lingering in your vehicle. It’s easy to hang from any seatback. Linsey reports that it’s been working well in her Eurovan (a 2002 that’s known to get musty) and loves that it comes in eco-friendly packaging and is compostable or can be used as fertilizer later.

Bonus: Unlike scented air fresheners, the PURGGO is made to last for a year, meaning it costs less than $2.50/month.

25. Good Beef Jerky

Buy Now

Linsey doesn’t typically eat pork or beef, but for her husband, it just isn’t a road trip without beef jerky. His go-to is typically Old Trapper, but they took a variety of jerkys from San Luis Obispo-based Cattaneo Bros. on a recent trip and were pleasantly surprised.

Cattaneo Bros’ beef jerkys are made with top-round, U.S. sourced beef and include specialty flavors and a variety of cuts: extra thin, classic (thicker), and premium handcut (extra thick), plus a 100 percent grassfed beef option called Range. Their offerings also include turkey jerky (Sweet & Spicy and Honey Pineapple — yum!), dried fruits, nuts, and brittles, and handmade pork and beef sausages that could be just the thing to throw on the grill when you get wherever you’re going.

26. Energy Bites

Buy Now

Sometimes you just can’t drink another cup of gas station coffee (and you’re feeling set against going out of the way for Starbucks or Dunkin’ Donuts). In those moments, Linsey’s a fan of reaching for Seattle Gummy Company’s energy bites. Their Mocca Shots contain a “performance blend of caffeine and herbal nootropics” that “boost energy without jittery side-effects” that she attests to as someone who’s had bad reactions to energy drinks and liquid energy shots in the past.

Seattle Gummy Company (SGC) also offers tasty gummies that don’t contain caffeine. Linsey likes the Apple Cider Vinegar shots and the Golden Glow Turmeric with Ginger and says all SGC’s options are perfect for mess-free behind-the-wheel snacking.

Now that you’ve gathered the essentials, check out these road trips:

• My 6 Favorite Stops From Southern Arizona To Mexico’s Pacific Coast
• Beautiful Allegheny Road Trip From Erie To The Poconos
• 8 Best Stops Along An Epic Yukon Arctic Road Trip During The Fall

If you think luggage is just luggage, no matter where you’re going or what kind of trip you’re taking, it might be time to think again. Especially when it comes to cruising, there are some things to think about regarding your luggage that you don’t need to consider when flying, driving, or taking the train.

The main issue is the space inside most cabins. Anyone who’s been on a cruise knows cabins can be a little on the snug side and you might not have much space to store your luggage. Then there’s the fact that you’ll be spending many of your days on land excursions and you’ll need a suitable bag for the whole day. I’ve taken a look at the best luggage items to take on a cruise, from backpacks for a land excursion to check-in suitcases, and everything in between.

Briggs & Riley Sympatico Medium Expandable Spinner

Buy Now

Perfect for a 7- or 10-day cruise, the Medium Expandable Spinner has some brilliant organizational features. There’s a large zip-around pocket inside, plus two smaller mesh pockets, that make packing much easier. I love how lightweight this case is. It’s nice and spacious and a good size for a cruise, but it’s really easy to maneuver and doesn’t feel cumbersome at all. It glides around on its double-spinner wheels and I found it easy to travel with, even to wheel around an airport and get from taxi to port. It also looks really smart and has a leather personalized patch where you can have your initials monogrammed, so you always know it’s your case.

Favorite Features

• TSA-friendly combination lock
• Adjustable garment compression panels to keep clothing flat
• Expansion and compression system that can increase space by 17 percent
• Strong and durable shell

Craghopper 22-Inch Wheelie 40L

Buy Now

A combination between a carry-on case and a durable bag, the Craghopper Wheelie is perfect for anyone who travels light and for day excursions on land. It’s spacious inside and has two front-zipped compartments that are perfect for a laptop and a tablet. This carry-on is especially great for a cruise as the soft material and shell mean it can be easily stored in your cabin. You can store it with other items on top of it as the fabric and shell provide space for stacking. I love how it looks like a backpack but behaves like a small suitcase.

Favorite Features

• Water-repellent
• Padding throughout to protect your items
• Internal organizer pockets
• Cut-resistant safety pocket with RFID protection

Away Flex Suitcase

Buy Now

As it suggests in the name, the Away Flex Suitcase is very flexible. When you unzip the flex feature, it creates an extra 2.25 inches of space, so it’s perfect for leaving room for bringing home souvenirs. Without the flex, it’s a carry-on, and with the flex, it’s a checked case. If you take a larger flex case and the carry-on, you can nest one inside the other in your cabin to save space. What I really love about this case is the little details they’ve added. There’s a handle on the bottom of the case, between the wheels. It might seem like a strange place for a handle, but when you’re at the baggage carousel and you need to pick up your case quickly, it comes in very handy.

Favorite Features

• TSA-approved combination lock
• Hidden laundry bag to keep dirty clothes separate
• Durable hardshell
• Black leather luggage tag

Nomatic Travel Pack

Buy Now

The Nomatic Travel Pack is a backpack that packs like a suitcase. If you like to travel light and your cruise is fairly short, you can pack all your items in this pack and carry it like any backpack. It’s a slim and sleek bag, but it’s deceptively spacious inside and expands when you need to fit more in. It has water-bottle holders on each side, like a backpack, but inside it has zip-up sections for packing clothes and a large pocket for shoes or a laptop. If you can pack this light, it’s ideal for a cruise as it doubles as a lightweight backpack for land excursions.

Favorite Features

• Water-resistant
• Sunglasses case
• Magnetic water-bottle pockets
• Side handle to carry like a briefcase

Monos Metro Duffel Bag

Buy Now

If you have checked-in luggage, which you probably do for a cruise, this Metro Duffle Bag is a spacious and versatile carry-on bag that works perfectly as a day bag for land excursions. You can travel with it if you’re flying to your port destination and it fits a whole world of items inside it. You can easily get a laptop in the bag and it has lots of great zip compartments and pockets for your passport, water bottle, and even your umbrella if you think you’ll need it. What I really love is the switch system. The bag comes with a metro kit, where you can fit lots of small items, and this attaches and detaches for when you want to take it with you and when you don’t.

Favorite Features

• Trolley sleeve that fits around your suitcase handle and keeps all your luggage together
• Water-resistant
• Vegan leather
• Adjustable, removable shoulder strap

Globe Trotter Safari Trunk

Buy Now

Take it right back to the golden age of glamor travel with this classic-looking trunk. It is definitely the most-spacious luggage on the list and also the most beautiful in design. It’s inspired by the original steamer trunks that were made for the cabins on steamer ships, but unlike classic trunks, this one has four wheels and is easy to move around. It is large, yes, but that means you can pack a lot into it. If you’re lucky enough to have booked a suite on a cruise, you won’t have any trouble storing this trunk. Otherwise, it doubles nicely as a little stand or table.

Favorite Features

• Leather corners and straps to protect the trunk
• 100-liter capacity
• Carbon-steel locks
• Each individual case has its own unique serial number.

Thirty-some years ago, I started down the path of becoming a Florida family travel writer with my tow-headed, in-tow toddler, Aaron, as my assistant researcher. Now his curly-coiffed daughter, Layla, is in training for the position. 

To celebrate her 10-month birthday, we headed to Fort Lauderdale, a favorite family destination. We thereby checked off another of our sand-bucket list items for Sunshine State family discoveries, always leaning into little-known and insider treasures. 

Here we visit five spots that satisfy a three-generation family on the lam.

Some of the destinations and resorts I cover have hosted me in the past, but the opinions and recommendations expressed are entirely my own.

1. Fort Lauderdale

Subtitled “The Venice of America,” Fort Lauderdale is a water-wonderful world from its sprawling beach sandbox to its Everglades backyard, and 300 miles of canals in between.

Beaches

Think of the beautiful beaches of Miami, but without the hype and bustle; same sand but more of a family vibe. This is especially true the farther away you roam from Las Olas Oceanside Park, although you’ll find the most amenities there. For quiet, head north to Fort Lauderdale Beach or south to Dr. Von D. Mizell-Eula Johnson State Park (with a side of nature and kayaking).

Museum Of Discovery And Science

One of Florida’s first and finest hands-on museums, it is geared toward teaching kids through games and interaction. The Museum of Discovery and Science has a 3D IMAX theater and hosts all sorts of learning experiences. Don’t miss the gift shop.

Bluefoot Pirate Adventures

Grab your eyepatch and get ready for a swashbuckling hour at sea shooting off water balloon cannons and learning to talk like a pirate. Adults, too, will enjoy the engaging narration aboard Bluefoot Pirate Adventures as the ship makes its way along the Intracoastal Waterway’s mansion- and yacht-lined shores.

Where To Stay

B Ocean Resort Fort Lauderdale had me at “mermaid shows.” As a family, you’ll want to skip the burlesque mermaid dinner shows you can watch through windows into the pool from the Wreck Bar. But weekend brunch shows are all about kids and teaching environmental responsibility.

The lazy river was the clincher for Pelican Grand Beach Resort. We love the oceanfront suites overlooking the beach’s quieter north end and the kid-friendly scavenger hunt and menus.

Where To Eat

Sea-breezy, alfresco dining oceanside, Sandbar Grill keeps it beach casual. Otherwise, we prefer to head away from the big-city beach buzz. Check out the restaurants to the north in Lauderdale-by-the-Sea. Or head to Sistrunk Marketplace & Brewery food hall for a well-rounded selection of eats from Mexican to Korean. Funky Buddha Brewery has kid-menu choices plus ping pong and cornhole games indoors.

Pro Tip: Even pre-toddlers benefit from the stimulation of family attractions, so don’t feel you have to wait until your child gets older to take them traveling.

2. Stuart

Part of Florida’s Treasure Coast, where shipwrecks and pirates are hardwired into history, Stuart hides in the shadows of the big-ticket destinations up and down the East Coast. Its beaches line Hutchinson Island while its historic downtown hugs the St. Lucie River.

Beaches Of Hutchinson Island

A litany of beach accesses string along Highway A1A from St. Lucie Inlet to Fort Pierce Inlet. The most popular with the most amenities, Stuart Beach and Jensen Beach both have excellent food concessions. Lifeguards patrol the beaches generally from 9 a.m.–5 p.m.

Elliott Museum

Right across the Stuart Beach access road, Elliott Museum is one of Florida’s best historical attractions, and perfect for families. Climb aboard a 1931 Ford school bus, go on a scavenger hunt, ogle collections of baseball cards and signed balls, stroll the streets of yesteryear, and gawk at more than 100 shiny vintage cars.

Florida Oceanographic Coastal Center

Also steps from the beach, the Oceanographic Center makes the perfect follow-up to a morning of beachcombing. Learn about local sea creatures from a 750,000-gallon gamefish lagoon, interactive stingray exhibit, touch tanks, and daily programs.

Children’s Museum Of The Treasure Coast

Set in a riverside park with a butterfly garden at its front door, the Children’s Museum skips the state-of-the-art techie gimmicks of modern-day science museums and brings learning down to a relatable, hometown level. Kids can catch a tarpon, go grocery shopping, and play on the beach, or take a voyage of fantasy aboard a pirate ship with cannons that shoot plastic balls.

Pro Tip: Combine your indoor time at the Children’s Museum with outdoor fishing and picnicking at Indian RiverSide Park.

Where To Stay

Like Stuart itself, its accommodation options are low-key — of the bed and breakfast, camping, and mom-pop sort. Even its sprawling Marriott Hutchinson Island Beach Resort is sedate, despite its two golf courses. Since Aaron’s teen-surfing years, we’ve favored Vistana Beach Club’s condo accommodations right at Jensen Beach.

Where To Eat

Our favorite breakfast spots, the aforementioned beach cafés, can’t be beaten for alfresco views and good food, also come lunch. Hit up Sand Dune Café at Jensen Beach or Seaside Café at Stuart Beach. For lunch or dinner on the Intracoastal Waterway, Conchy Joe’s Seafood scores for its fish-house casual setting and family welcome.

3. Kissimmee

Orlando and its environs are the bull’s eye of Florida family travel. But next-door Kissimmee, while also convenient to the theme parks, pulls away from the hype with a past steeped in cowboys and nature, and a present that mixes in the Old Florida style.

Downtowns

Lakefront parks, old-timey storefronts, family restaurants, and historic murals give downtown Kissimmee and neighboring St. Cloud hometown flavor. Don’t forget your rod and reel to cast for bass. Airboat and other lake tours explore the natural treasures of Central Florida’s Chain of Lakes.

Boggy Creek Adventures

More wildlife encounters await at this escape to rural Florida. Zippy airboats at Boggy Creek take you into gator country for a ride on the wild side. Explore a butterfly garden, a fossil and gem mine, and a Native American village while you’re there.

Reptile Attractions

To get close up to the slithering, jaw-some reptile world, take your fascination to Reptile World Serpentarium, home to more than 80 species of native and rare snakes; and Gatorland, where the thrill of seeing gators by the hundreds gets a boost from the park’s zip-line and off-road adventure.

Where To Stay

Kissimmee also has its resort side and many of its accommodations fall into the supersized destination category. A family favorite for outdoor types, Reunion Resort & Golf Club has its own water park, plus three links and junior golfing instruction. One- to three-bedroom suites and vacation homes generously accommodate families.

On the other hand, Gaylord Palms Resort (also with its own water park plus a surfing FlowRider), keeps you under a bubble that replicates a microcosm of Florida’s favorite destinations. Get a taste of St. Augustine, Key West, and the Everglades all in one resort.

Where To Eat

Kissimmee’s signature brand of dining includes an epic live-themed show with food to match. For families, I recommend Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament and Pirates Dinner Adventure.

4. Fort Myers

Despite suffering a vicious hurricane attack in September 2022, the Fort Myers area still has much to offer families and continues to rebuild and grow for the kid market.

Beaches

Barrier islands Sanibel, Captiva, and Fort Myers Beach took the hardest hit, but their beaches have begun to reopen, along with more lightly-impacted gulf-front parks on Bonita Beach. A website devoted to local beaches tells you which have reopened, including a few on Sanibel Island, known for its superlative seashell-picking. Tourism officials warn beachgoers to wear footwear and stay out of the water to avoid injury from remnant hurricane debris.

J.N. “Ding” Darling National Wildlife Refuge

The natural crown jewel of the Fort Myers area, “Ding” Darling has reopened most of its facilities on Sanibel Island. Loop Wildlife Drive by car, bike, or foot and hike Bailey Tract to see birds, alligators, and even a bobcat if you’re lucky. Don’t miss a visit to the free Visitor & Education Center with its hands-on exhibits and award-winning “nature calls” restrooms. (Kids love them.) Tarpon Bay Explorers offers paddle craft rentals and tours currently on a limited basis.

Pro Tip: Low tide is the best time for bird-watching and morning is optimal for bobcats, river otters, and other refuge creatures.

Downtown Fort Myers

Least damaged, aside from the destruction of boats in its city marina, the Historic River District caters to families with its famous Edison & Ford Winter Estates museum, riverside gardens, and historic homes. Hands-on IMAG explores local history, live critters, and scientific phenomena. Don’t skip a stop at the newly reimagined playground at Centennial Park overlooking the Caloosahatchee River. Make late afternoon reservations for the virtual golf and other games at Chips Sports Pub at the Luminary Hotel.

Where To Stay

Riverfront Luminary Hotel situates you amid walkable, kid-lovable downtown. Accommodations include suites perfectly suited to families. For a different waterfront vista, Marriott Sanibel Harbour Resort & Spa goes the extra mile for families with a bayfront beach, watersports, and family-perfect suites; on the islands, ‘Tween Waters Island Resort & Spa overlooks a beautifully restored beach in addition to two swimming pools and a marina for watersports. On Fort Myers Beach, expect a Margaritaville Resort to open in fall 2023.

Where To Eat

With a Model A hanging from the ceiling, milkshakes, and a kids’ menu, Ford’s Garage makes a fun pit stop downtown, especially after a visit to the Edison & Ford Estates. On a Sanibel outing, stop at The Shack for sandwiches and frozen custard.

Pro Tip: More attractions and businesses open weekly in the Fort Myers area. Keep abreast of updates on its tourism bureau website.

5. Fort Walton Beach

Florida’s Panhandle in the Northwest boasts its own brand of local color — powdery sand white as snow, waters an enviable green, and a spunky attitude that redefines casual. Fort Walton Beach and Okaloosa Island are one of the Panhandle’s oldest and family-friendliest landing spots.

Beaches

About those beaches: They range from the spring break party scene around the Okaloosa Island Fishing Pier and adjacent Boardwalk entertainment complex to the ethereal rolling dunes of Gulf Islands National Seashore en route to Destin, a newer town on the coast. The silky, squeaky sand and emerald, fish-fertile waters remain a constant.

Gulfarium Marine Adventure Park

Florida’s oldest aquarium attraction, Gulfarium is well-loved for its marine life shows and encounters featuring dolphins, sea turtles, penguins, sea lions, and stingrays. You will find it in the midst of the pier and Boardwalk activity.

Emerald Coast Science Center

Away from FWB’s beach culture, Emerald Coast Science Center lives in charming, historic downtown. It has a hometown, small-scale feel that doesn’t overwhelm like some of the bigger hands-on science museums. Live snakes and other reptiles add to the cool “ew” factor.

Where To Stay

Plenty of affordable and family-welcoming hotels and resorts line the beach on Okaloosa Island. Our favorite, The Island Resort, is central to beach attractions and has rooms that open right onto the cool pools, one with a grotto waterfall. Plus, the resort provides family entertainment including a mermaid appearance. Yep, had me once again at “mermaid.”

Where To Eat

Truthfully, we typically cross the bridge to Destin when it comes to mealtime. We love the Donut Hole Bakery & Café for breakfast and the somewhat kitschy Fudpucker’s Beachside Bar & Grill for lunch and a look through the alligator park. Closer to home, the Crab Trap Seafood & Oyster Bar at the Boardwalk has a playground on the beach, where parents can enjoy their dinner while keeping their kids within eyeshot.

Pro Tip: Unlike South and Central Florida destinations, the Panhandle’s season doesn’t start until spring break. Plan accordingly, as certain attractions and businesses close in the winter.

Are you looking for a luxurious Colorado resort experience with many unique activities? Look no further than The Springs Resort in Pagosa Springs, Colorado. With an array of irresistible onsite amenities and truly spectacular natural attractions at any time of the year, this breathtaking oasis offers something special for everyone — making it one of Colorado’s best experiences. 

I visited The Springs Resort in July with my family, and everyone loved it. It is a place that all ages can enjoy. Our son, who traveled with us, is returning this June with his friends.

Located in the southwest part of Colorado along the San Juan River, Pagosa Springs is about an hour from Durango-La Plata County Airport and 5 hours from Denver.

Downtown Pagosa Springs has much to offer and The Springs Resort is the icing on the cake. I can certainly understand why the Springs Resort was voted #1 in USAToday’s 10 Best Spa Resorts for 2023. Read on to learn more about the best experiences you can expect from your stay at the award-winning Springs Resort in Pagosa Springs!

My stay at The Springs Resort was complimentary. All opinions are my own. 

Experiences At The Springs Resort

1. The Mother Spring

The world’s deepest geothermal hot spring is in Pagosa Springs at The Springs Resort & Spa. The Mother Spring is more than 1,002 feet deep and produces water at approximately 145 degrees Fahrenheit. It feeds the 25 mineral pools at The Springs Resort and several other spas and businesses in the town. The above-ground area of the Mother Spring appears to be a shallow geothermal pool of neon-blue water.

Once a day, a gratitude ceremony is held at the Mother Spring. It is a short 15-minute ceremony that introduces hotel guests to the history and human connection to the spring. You are encouraged to enjoy a moment of gratitude in the natural space. A guide encourages you to think about what you are grateful for and explains how gratitude can enhance your life. 

Fun Fact: Hot spring water from the Mother Spring is piped under the sidewalks in Pagosa Springs to keep them snow- and ice-free during the winter months.

2. Healing Water

Visitors can soak poolside in the hot springs, which are said to have healing properties and are very relaxing. The mineral-rich water contains zinc, silica, magnesium, and iron, along with nine other minerals.

Pro Tip: Take all silver jewelry off before entering the hot springs. The sulfur content will tarnish silver jewelry and may require professional polishing to restore.

3. Hot Spring Pools

There are 25 hot spring pools at The Springs Resort. Download the map of the pools. Each of the pools is a different temperature. The warmest is the Lobster Pot, which is 112 degrees Fahrenheit. I was only able to stay in this pool for a few minutes. 

Each of the 25 mineral pools has its own look and personality. Some have reflexology stones on the bottom to provide a gentle foot massage as you walk in the pool. There is also a large freshwater Blue Lagoon swimming pool available.

Twenty of the pools are for all ages to enjoy. Five pools are in a gated adult-only Relaxation Terrace area. You need a room key or a day pass for the site to enter the space. This area is quieter and where I spent most of my time at the resort.

The staff measures and records each pool’s temperature every 4 hours and posts the new temperature or confirms the posted temperature. Wind, rain, snow, and the number of visitors can cause temperatures to fluctuate.

The water in each pool constantly circulates, allowing a complete turnover of the water in all pools approximately every 2 hours. Five to seven pools are cleaned daily with a power washer and approved pool-cleaning solution.

Pro Tip: Personal speakers are not permitted in the pool area. They want you to relax and not disturb others. 

4. The Scenery

As you relax in the outdoor pools, you can view the majestic Rocky Mountain peaks surrounding you and the river running beside the pools. It is breathtakingly gorgeous.

You will be tempted to soak all day, but there is much more to enjoy at The Springs Resort. You will eventually want to get out and dry off to enjoy fabulous spa services or participate in various activities available as a resort guest. 

5. Luxurious Spa

The Springs Resort & Spa also offers a luxurious spa with various treatments. Visitors can enjoy facials, massages, body wraps, and access to the resort’s saunas and steam rooms. The spa also offers a variety of packages for couples, groups, and weddings.

When I visited, I was treated to a Magnesium Muscle Melt. Magnesium is one of the 13 minerals in the geothermal water from the Mother Spring. 

Magnesium is a power element vital to muscle function and energy rejuvenation in the body. The soothing body treatment helps ease muscle tension with a magnesium forest blend scrub that melts away stress, uplifts the spirit, and helps you recover from your adventures. (When visiting Pagosa Springs, you will have lots of adventures.) The treatment finishes with a nourishing bliss butter to support and hydrate the skin. Afterward, you feel totally rejuvenated. I enjoyed the relaxing and luxurious treatment.

6. The Rooms

The great thing about staying at a hot springs resort is the 24-hour access to the soaking pools. When we arrived at 2 a.m., it was wonderful to soak for a while before going to bed. Guests at the resort also have complimentary robes, access to the adult-only Relaxation Terrace, and a full slate of wellness activities.

If guests arrive before their rooms are ready at 4 p.m. check-in time, they can visit the main office and obtain access to the soaking pools prior to check-in. Guests also have continued use of the pools after the 10 a.m. checkout.

The Springs Resort has designated pet-friendly rooms. They charge an additional fee and no pets are permitted to enter the pool area. 

Pro Tip: If more than two people are in one room, there is an additional charge.

7. Day Guests

You can still enjoy The Springs Resort without spending the night. Daily guests must obtain a daily pass which permits visitors to use the soaking pools from 9 a.m.–9:30 p.m. Daily guests enter the area via the Bath House, where payment is made and towels are distributed. 

Be aware that resort security goes through the hot spring area at 9:30 and asks for proof you are spending the night at the resort. You’ll need to show a room key to continue using the amenities after 9:30 p.m.

Water Activities

Water activities sponsored by The Springs Resort are available to overnight resort guests. They sometimes begin in the Wellness Studio and other times by certain pools. Check on the location when you sign up for the session.

8. Aqua Yoga

I was a total beginner in a class held in the Serendipity pool. I’ve only done Yoga a few times and never in the water. But this was fun. All levels participated in the Vinyasa-based class. It was gentle and focused on linking your movements with your breath and moving through various poses. I had a lot of fun during this class, although I was often a movement or two behind the instructor during the 60-minute session. The instructor went around and offered modifications to participants when needed.

9. Aqua Sound Bathing

This was quite the experience. My husband joined me in this activity. Aqua sound bathing promotes a deep sense of relaxation. It combines waves of harmonic sound from singing Tibetan bowls that envelope the body while soaking in the geothermal water. A guide is with you in the water and provides a type of meditation while creating the sounds. This 30-minute session is supposed to relieve anxiety and stress.

10. Aqua Soak And Stretch

Combine soaking in the healing mineral waters and some stretches to enhance joint mobility and ease muscle tension. A guide takes you through this 30-minute session in one of the soaking pools.

11. Warrior Plunge

This short 15-minute activity is only for the brave. After soaking in one of the warm pools, they encourage plunging into the cold refreshing water of the San Juan River. Supposedly, this decreases muscle soreness, pain, and inflammation while strengthening the immune system and responses to stress. All guests including day guests are welcome to participate.

Other Outdoor Activities

An outdoor chess board and hiking trails are available for all to enjoy. The Springs Resort hosts these fun outdoor activities for overnight guests. You meet at the Wellness Studio and head outdoors as a group.

12. Forest Bathing

The Springs Resort offers Forest Bathing as one of the activities you can participate in. They take you on an 80-minute hike among the trees in the forest. Numerous studies have pointed out the benefits of forest bathing.

I mistakenly thought Shinrin-yoku, the Japanese name for forest bathing, was just a hike in the woods. But I was wrong. It is more about experiencing nature with all of your senses. The smells, the sounds, and the sights are all part of allowing nature to heal you and what makes the guided forest bathing experience full of healthy benefits, including reduced stress, increased energy, and an improved mood.

13. River Walk And Stretch

Following the Pagosa River rail path, this guided stroll offers fresh mountain air, natural beauty, and biodiversity of the unique geothermal wetland. You might see some wildlife as you stop to stretch. The guide also provides information about the local area as you walk during this 60-minute session.

Indoor Activities

The Springs Resort offers several indoor activities in its Wellness Studio. Restorative Yoga, Balancing Sound Bath, Restful Recharge, Roll and Recover, and Guided Meditation all require registration in advance.

My son and his girlfriend participated in Restorative Yoga, and he reported that as a newbie, he felt comfortable with the stretches.

I participated in the 30-minute Guided Meditation class designed for beginners. It focuses on making you aware of your body and breath, helping you reach a place of stillness and ease. 

Fun Fact: They plan to double the resort’s size and the number of pools over the next few years.

With its abundance of outdoor activities, world-class spa treatments, luxury accommodations, and scenic views, it’s easy to understand why so many people flock to The Springs Resort year after year. So if you’re ready for a bit of luxury and relaxation combined with awe-inspiring views and unexpected adventures, look no further than the luxurious Springs Resort in Pagosa Springs, Colorado.

Related Reading:

• 11 Luxurious And Relaxing Stops On Colorado’s Hot Springs Loop
• 5 Gorgeous Colorado River State Parks To Enjoy In The Spring
• 13 Best Things To See And Do In Glenwood Springs, Colorado

Deep in the heart of South Texas along the Rio Grande River, 156 miles south of San Antonio, Laredo is a unique mix of two cultures at this crossroads of the United States and Mexico.

From serving as the capital of its independent Republic in 1840 to today’s status as the #1 inland port in the nation, Laredo’s legacy is still in the making, where 95 percent of the population is Hispanic or Latino.

Interstate 35, a major route for trade, runs from Duluth, Minnesota, to Fort Worth, dissecting Texas through Austin and San Antonio down to Laredo on the border between Texas and Mexico.

A culture steeped in history since 1755, you’ll find year-round sunshine, pleasant winter temperatures, and incredible cuisine. Come and stroll the narrow cobblestone streets, shop eclectic import goods along San Bernardo Avenue, or birdwatch along the riverbank and learn firsthand about the city’s border heritage and vibrant Tex-Mex lifestyle. 

Here are 12 incredible things to do during a long weekend in Laredo, Texas.

Things To Do In Laredo

I love the history, museums, community arts and culture, planetarium, festivals, birding, golf, and nearby lakes.

1. San Agustin De Laredo Historic District

I was intrigued by the oldest area of Laredo, where Don Tomas Sanchez Barrera founded the San Agustin de Laredo Historic District in 1755. He handed out Spanish land grants to heads of households around the historic central plaza near the San Agustin Cathedral.

2. Republic Of The Rio Grande Museum

A historic house in the downtown San Agustin de Laredo Historic District, The Republic of the Rio Grande Museum, sits next to the La Posada Hotel and the San Agustin Cathedral. One of the oldest buildings in Laredo showcases photographs, books, and 19th-century furniture dedicated to the brief Republic of the Rio Grande, an independent nation led by insurgents fighting against Mexico. Today, Laredo flies seven flags (new Texas history to me) — the flag of the Republic of the Rio Grande and the six flags of Texas.

3. Villa Antigua Border Heritage Museum

Housed in a restored two-story, red-brick Italianate home constructed in the early 1900s, the Villa Antigua Border Heritage Museum served as home to two prominent Laredo families. After gutting by fires and suffering severe neglect, the residence was saved from demolition (thank goodness) by Webb County and the Webb County Heritage Foundation. Today, the building archives historical documents and artifacts, and it hosts educational seminars.

4. San Agustin Cathedral

The San Agustin Cathedral traces its origins to 1755; to Don Tomas Sanchez Barrera. The Cathedral is an impressive architectural structure dating to 1872. I lingered to gaze at the colorful stained-glass windows and golden interiors.

5. Casa Ortiz

Another Texas Historic Landmark with the Laredo Heritage Foundation and part of the noted center of Laredo, Casa Ortiz is one of the oldest and continually-used residences in Texas. Don Jose Reyes Ortiz constructed the beautiful Spanish Colonial-style home on the 1826 land grant.

The Texas A&M International University manages the restored home and hosts tours, events, and seminars. Folklore tells us that gold was buried somewhere on the property.

6. Lamar Bruni Vergara Planetarium

The Lamar Bruni Vergara Planetarium at Texas A&M International University houses one of Texas’s most-advanced planetariums with an excellent digital projection system and powerful surround sound.

We saw a stunning video of the northern lights where the aurora borealis exploded right over our heads. You’ll see additional programs about humpback whales, dinosaurs at Patagonia, and extreme weather showing massive calving glaciers, tornado destruction, and prolific wildfires where you can almost feel the heat.

7. Cultivarte Laredo

Join Laredo’s community of art, cultivating ideas, and re-imagining artist spaces, growing community impact. Three street murals involve the city of Laredo Fine Arts and Culture Commission. The goal of Cultivarte Laredo is to support a hybrid artistic studio space for rising local artists to showcase their work.

8. Washington’s Birthday Celebration

Honoring the 125th George Washington Birthday Celebration, Laredo hosts an international party that has grown to more than 28 events in 33 days since 1898. You’ll see an international parade, magnificent fireworks displays, an air show, pageants, a carnival, music, the international bridge ceremony, and the award-winning Jalapeno Festival. The WBC Museum inside La Posada Hotel houses dazzling costumes and memorabilia that reveal Laredo’s historical past.

9. Laredo Birding

I’m glad I brought my binoculars. Laredo’s diverse river and creek ecosystem is home to hundreds of migratory and local birds, such as the green parakeet, scaled quail, gray hawk, and clay-colored thrush. Unique to Laredo, four kingfisher species live here, the ringed, belted, green, and the rare Amazon. You can participate with the local Audubon Society in the early February birding festival and several bird counts during the year.

10. Laredo International Sister Cities Festival

Join the Laredo International Sister Cities Festival in mid-July for 3 days of worldly shopping at almost 200 booths featuring products from Mexico, Central, and South America. I found great earrings and bracelets here. The Holiday Market by Sister Cities happens in mid-November with more shopping.

11. MAX Golf

Rated one of the top 50 municipal golf courses in the U.S., the MAX Golf Course is just north of the city, with stunning views overlooking the Rio Grande. This par-72 golf haven boasts a Robert Trent Jones signature designation, a beautiful new clubhouse, excellent food, and a large, fully-stocked pro shop.

12. Lake Casa Blanca

Lake Casa Blanca is a reservoir 5 miles northeast of Laredo on Chacon Creek where you can swim, waterski, kayak, and fish. Trails for biking and hiking lead you through scenic landscapes where birds are prolific. Play baseball, tennis, volleyball, or basketball, with a choice of 55 camping sites with electricity and 11 sites with full hookups. Your Texas State Park Pass gets you into 89 state parks for free for the year.

Best Restaurants In Laredo

I’ve chosen three Laredo restaurants to feature: fine dining, a tapas bar with flamenco dancing, and a food hall with various eateries.

Border Foundry Restaurant And Bar

Pete Mims’s family history dates back to 1907, when his grandfather opened the Border Foundry in Laredo, a metal fabricating and casting business. Forging long-lasting relationships and taking pride in the work are essential ingredients at the fine-dining Border Foundry Restaurant and Bar.

What To Order At Border Foundry

• Drink: Scotch or whiskey from a lengthy list of liquors, rums, tequilas, gin, and vodka
• Starters: Shrimp cakes or fried frog legs with jalapeno tartar sauce
• Pizza: Pizza Parillada with rib eye, onions, avocado, queso, and cilantro crema on a black bean base
• Mains: Prime tomahawk steak or the Berkshire pork ossobuco
• Bonus: My gulf shrimp carbonara served with linguini, carbonara sauce, and thick bacon did not disappoint.

Casa Lopez Tapas Bar

Explore authentic foods from the Basque region of Spain and enjoy jubilant live flamenco shows every Saturday night at Casa Lopez Tapas Bar.

What To Order At Casa Lopez Tapas Bar

• Starters: Cold and hot tapas like table de queso, Manchego, and Idiazabal cheese served with fresh fruit
• Mains: Tortilla Espanola, Spanish potato tart with onion
• Bonuses: Chistorra, sauteed basque sausage with onions and red and green peppers; and shrimp in garlic olive oil with red sauce and fresh cilantro

Golondrina Food Park

Focusing on local, chef-driven food trucks, Golondrina Food Park features two full-service bars, a pet-friendly dining area, and an air-conditioned indoor food hall. You’ll find Bar Nido, Nomada Burgers, Mulas Taqueria, Tito’s Snacks, El Horno Pizzeria, Gloria’s Coffee Bar, and Picato Mucho.

What To Order At Golondrina Food Park

• Nomada Burgers: The blue cheese bacon burger topped with a giant onion ring; or the breakfast burger loaded with cheese, avocado, egg, and sausage
• Mulas Taqueria: Rib-eye tacos
• Gloria’s Coffee Bar: Invierno latte with caramel apple

Best Hotels In Laredo

Laredo’s only four-diamond hotel, the La Posada Hotel, and the famous Laredo Mansion Bed and Breakfast top my list of best hotels in Laredo. You’ll also find Embassy Suites by Hilton, the Marriott family of hotels, and other brands.

La Posada Hotel

Laredo’s only four-diamond hotel, the historic luxury boutique La Posada Hotel, presides in four landmark buildings. The old Laredo High School is the main entrance to the hotel, housing the lobby, ballroom, front desk, Zaragoza Grill, The Tesoro Club, and meeting rooms. The ballrooms exist in the old 19th-century convent, while the elegant 1800s Bruni Home houses the Tack Room Steak House. Two museums, the Rio Grande Museum and the WBCA Museum, reside inside the hotel.

The hotel also encompasses three restaurants with bars, two swimming pools, covered parking, and two tropical courtyards. The hotel’s symbol, a Spanish doubloon with a profile of King Phillip V, is inlayed on the lobby floor. Luxury, comfort, fabulous food, and first-class hospitality abide.

Laredo Mansion

The Contemporary, Victorian, French, and Mexican suites make up the Laredo Mansion Bed and Breakfast in the renovated century-old Peter Leyendecker House. One king and three queens have comforts and amenities such as original stained glass, separate bathrooms (some with soaker tubs), antique tiling, carved wood, and wrought iron. And some have direct balcony access. We enjoyed unwinding with an ultra-comfortable bed, luxury linens, spa amenities, and a delicious continental breakfast.

Pro Tip: Download the Visit Laredo app.

Walking the historic streets of Laredo today, you’ll discover why it is a central hub for international trade with Mexico. You’ll also appreciate the alluring murals, art scene, historical heritage, and exquisite dining.

Related Reading:

• 7 Texas College Towns Perfect For A Weekend Getaway
• 16 Texas Towns Our Writers Say You Should Visit In 2023
• 12 Things This Texas Travel Writer Wants You To Know Before You Visit Her Home State

Just south of San Diego, on a strip of land that more than 12 million years ago decided to go its own way, travelers can find a region of the world that has evolved into a natural paradise. The Baja California Peninsula in Mexico features a desert landscape that stretches for almost 800 miles — from Tijuana in the north to Cabo San Lucas at the southern tip.

Separating the peninsula from the mainland is a magical waterway known as the “Aquarium of the World.” 

The Sea of Cortés, also called the Gulf of California and the Vermillion Sea (for its majestic brilliant red sunsets), is where I spent a week hosted by UnCruise Adventures, joining 53 fellow travelers who reveled in the chance to dive deep into the history, culture, and adventures available at this special destination.

Here’s why I loved experiencing the Sea of Cortés with UnCruise and why you will, too.

Editor’s Note: To learn more about the Sea of Cortés and why it’s called the Aquarium of the World, check out Jo-Anne Bowen’s 4 Favorite Small Ports To Experience Along Baja’s Sea Of Cortes.

1. A Superb Learning Opportunity

Look at a map and you’ll notice the long finger of land below California that sticks out into the Pacific Ocean. This is a result of tectonic plates crashing together oh so many millennia ago. The Baja California Peninsula was once part of the North American Plate, but it has since been ripped away after a collision with the Pacific Plate. It’s slowly being pulled away from the mainland and eventually will become an island, a detail that we learned during enrichment chats with UnCruise expedition team members during our sailing. 

The result is that the Sea of Cortés and the region feature a mix of characteristics and climate that makes it a fantastic haven for marine and land-based biodiversity. An expedition cruise is an ideal way to explore this place, and UnCruise has been coming here for more than 2 decades on its intimate sailings. 

During your small-ship cruise in the Sea of Cortés, members of the expedition team constantly offer up interesting bits of history about the region, and they are especially keen to feed you knowledge about the marine wildlife and mysteries of the desert while snorkeling and kayaking in the waters and hiking in the rocky hills (more on these activities below). 

We had a guide who took us through the town of Loreto and told us about the history of the first capital of Baja California and its historic mission, which Jesuits started in the Spanish territory in 1697. Today, you can visit the beautiful church that has been here since 1744. 

Each evening on the UnCruise Adventures cruise ship Safari Voyager, a member of the expedition team gave an enrichment talk. The passionate guides are experts in topics like marine biology, photography, sustainable tourism, and more. We learned about whales, birds, the stars and planets we could see in the night sky, and the culture and indigenous people of the region during various enlightening sessions. 

Of course, getting out each day for our adventurous activities delivered even more information for our curious group of travelers. 

2. Whale Watching 

Whales migrate each December to the region off the Pacific Coast of Baja California. The mothers come to the area because it provides a great haven for birthing and feeding newborns. We saw hundreds of whales in the waters close to shore as we hugged the coast for more than an hour during a drive from San Jose del Cabo (our arrival airport for the trip) up to La Paz (where we joined the ship for our voyage). 

This preview of the great creatures meant that there was a definite buzz among my fellow cruisers when it was time to head to Puerto Alfredo Lopez Mateos for a whale-watching tour in Magdalena Bay. We piled into panga boats, eight at a time, to motor out to see dozens of gray whale mothers and calves active in the safe harbor. Many of these impressive animals emerged time and again close to our boats to splash around and blow spouts of mist into the breezes. It’s a memorable and moving experience. This was all on top of the several humpback whale sightings that we enjoyed from the outer decks of Safari Voyager during our week in the Sea of Cortés. 

Pro Tip: Bring a good, brimmed hat, plenty of sunscreen, and a scarf or buff (neck gaiter) to help protect from the sun. These come in equally handy when you’re out on excursions or outer decks of the ship. 

3. Snorkel With Sea Lions 

Snorkeling in the Sea of Cortés is wonderful, of course. But diving in and hanging out with playful sea lion pups had us screaming with delight. UnCruise arranges a great snorkeling day at Los Islotes, a small islet that serves as a California sea lion colony at the end of Isla Espiritu Santo, which sits just off the coast of La Paz and is among more than 240 islands designated since 2005 as a protected UNESCO World Heritage site. 

UnCruise Adventures offers two options for enjoying this site: Cruisers can stay on a small boat and explore the waters and rocky outcroppings on a photo safari, snapping pictures and watching the massive adult sea lions lazing on the rocks or wrestling for dominance while they keep a close watch on the boisterous pups in the water. 

I elected to try the second option, choosing to squeeze into a wetsuit and jump into the sea for a thrilling swim with the sea lions. The pups are curious and bursting with energy; they zoomed around us, blew bubbles in our snorkel masks, and nibbled at our flippers. We spent almost an hour in the water led by guides who explained the rules of engagement with the animals and how the encounter would play out. 

We slid off the boat and into the water, and almost immediately were surrounded by youngsters eager to show off for their guests. We watched them dive and spin and twist and leap from the water. We were so transfixed by the encounter, amazed that we were able to see them so close in their habitat that the time flew by, and most of us groaned when told we had to head back to the boat. 

4. Challenging Climbs

And More Gentle Hikes And Walks, Too

Exciting off-the-grid hikes are embedded in the DNA of the UnCruise experience. Sure enough, the guides scout out some great ones in Baja California Sur, as well. 

At Espiritu Santo, we scrambled up an arroyo (a dry creek or stream bed that fills up during rains) that is littered with big boulders and loose rocks before we scaled the hillside to reach a windy overlook. Down in the bay, we saw the green waters, skies filled with puffy clouds, and our ship, Safari Voyager, awaiting our return for lunch. 

Two more hard hikes were featured during our week. The expedition team also finds more gentle hiking options, so people have choices. This means you can find something to suit your abilities or mood each day. 

We enjoyed a thrilling (and grueling) 7-mile quad-burner during our port stop at Puerto Escondido when 16 of us went off to pick our way up Tabor Canyon (also called Steinbeck Canyon because the author hiked here during his time on the coast of Baja). The boulders were even bigger and we used our hands and feet to forge our way through the beautiful canyon before reaching a big water hole, where a few of us jumped in for a refreshing dunk. 

Pro Tip: Bring sturdy footwear that gives good ankle support. UnCruise provides walking poles to use during hikes. You’ll also want to be sure to wear layers (long-sleeve shirts and hiking pants) that you can peel off. This is because temperatures vary in the ravines and up on the top of the mountains where you will hike. There might be cactuses and other plants that can scratch you up if you are wearing shorts or a skirt rather than pants. 

5. Delicious Eats

UnCruise offers an incredible array of delicious cuisine on its modest small ships. This includes regional specialties and a mix of creative options with meat, seafood, and vegetarian options available at every meal. We fueled our big hikes and other activities (or replenished afterward) with great dishes like red snapper, portobello stuffed with quinoa, grouper, short ribs, ratatouille, duck with raspberry and white wine reduction, Baja-style roasted chicken, and black bean sopes. The list goes on.

Plus, the pastry chef kept serving up jaw-dropping sweet treats like passionfruit cheesecake and banana cake with chocolate mousse topped with salted caramel popcorn. We also flocked to the lounge daily for 3 p.m. cookie time, when we could grab pecan sandies, chocolate chips, peanut butter, sugar cookies, and chocolate brownies. Breakfast also came with goodies like lemon-glazed strawberry fritters and cinnamon rolls the size of your face.

Are we hiking so much to burn off the calories, or eating so much to have energy for our excursions each day? You can look at it any way you like. It just works out as the perfect formula for a pleasurable trip.

6. Jawdropping Sunrises, Sunsets, And Scenery

The sunsets and sunrises over the Sea of Cortés by themselves are worth the journey. During our week-long cruise in early February, I would rise each day for my morning workout and stretch at the small gym area on the ship’s sun deck. Often, the only company I had for those first few moments before 7 a.m. was the sun rising between mountain peaks and the bright moon still visible in the other direction.

It was a great way to start the day. The sunrises and sunsets are both brilliant in the Sea of Cortés, with colors ranging from pink and purple-hued pastels to bright reds.

The surrounding mountains, blue skies, shapely bays and coves, and brown pelicans following our ship on the breezes provided a magical setting in each new spot we sailed. We also had several occasions when we could see mobula rays flying from the sea, humpbacks slapping their tails in the distance, and pods of dolphins just passing by.

Pro Tip: Carry your binoculars around when out on the deck (the ship provides two pairs in each room) because you will often see wildlife at play.

RVing has become an increasingly popular way to travel in recent years, offering adventurers the freedom to explore new destinations and create lasting memories. Are you considering renting an RV for your next adventure on the open road? Whatever your level of expertise, we’ve got you covered. In this article, we bring you insights from a seasoned RV owner who has firsthand experience exploring the country in their RV.

Converted school bus owner and content creator Fiorella Yriberry of RVshare, the first and largest peer-to-peer RV rental marketplace in the world, has graciously shared her expertise on topics ranging from common beginner mistakes to safety tips for first-time RVers. Whether you’re seeking an escape from the stress of everyday life or looking to immerse yourself in nature, RVing can provide a unique and affordable travel experience. So, let’s dive in and discover how you can make the most of your RV adventure!

What Are Some Important Things To Consider When Choosing An RV For The First Time?

Start by deciding what amenities are important to you and the people traveling with you. Is a big restroom and shower important? Are you okay with an open space or do you want separation and privacy between rooms? How many rooms do you want? Is the kitchen space and functionality important? These are some of the key questions to start with before picking your first RV rental. 

The second most important thing to consider is what kind of rental you want. Do you want to drive or tow the RV? It’s important to take into consideration how comfortable you are driving a large vehicle when selecting a rental. And if you don’t feel comfortable with either option but want to try RVing remember there is RV delivery!

Read More: How To Rent An RV Or Motorhome For The First Time

What Are Some Common Mistakes That First-Time RV Renters Make?

A common mistake with first-timers is doing or trying to do too much on the first trip. This can include renting a vehicle that is too big for their needs or comfort, jam-packing the schedule with too many activities, and overpacking and/or planning for lots of driving. It is easy to get carried away with the possibilities of a home on wheels, but this mistake often leads to quick burnout and adds unnecessary stress to the trip. 

Another common mistake is not taking the time to do some research and learn about the RV! There are a few unique and important things to learn about RVs both for driving and for setting up camp. You will learn most of them from your RV owner but doing some side research and educating yourself on best practices is always a smart idea. 

Read More: The Basics Of Operating An RV For First-Timers

What Are Some Essential Items To Pack For An RV Trip?

Pack your favorite and must-have items along with a few things that will make the RV feel like home. Think of your favorite blanket, coffee mug, and favorite toiletries. One of the best parts of RVing is having a home on wheels, so make the most out of it by packing items that will make it feel comfortable. You can get creative with what to bring along depending on where you are headed since you will have space to store it, but try not to overpack!

How Should First-Time RV Renters Plan Their Route And Itinerary?

My best advice is to find one or two main attractions and plan around them. Once you have these “must-sees” narrowed down, create a route around them. Figure out how far these locations are from your starting point and each other. Get creative adding stops along the way based on your preferences.

We like to use the “search along this route” option on Google Maps to find attractions we are interested in. This is a great feature that adds fun stops to your itinerary without adding long driving distances to reach them. Make sure you leave time for spontaneous adventures; at the end of the day, the best part of RVing is traveling with a flexible schedule/at your own pace, so lean into it! 

Read More: 7 Easy (But Exciting!) Road Trips For The First-Time RVer

What Are Some Important Safety Tips For Operating An RV?

First, practice! You are not supposed to know what you’re doing or feel comfortable right away. Practice driving the RV in a parking lot before hitting the road. This is a great way to get familiar with the vehicle without the high pressure of being on the road. If you are choosing a drivable rental, another important safety tip is to remember to take it slow! 

For your safety, remember to ask questions if you don’t know how to operate a feature of the RV. Owners are happy to answer questions and this is great because you should have lots of them. This is an easy way to avoid any potentially hazardous situation and protect your safety.

Read More: 10 RV Safety Tips For Planning An Epic Trip

How Should First-Time RV Renters Handle Waste Disposal And Other Maintenance Tasks?

Emptying the grey and/or black water tanks sounds more intimidating and scary than it is. The RV owner will walk you through the process during pickup. Since every RV is different, it is crucial that you pay attention and ask questions. If you pay attention to the instructions, you should be able to dump the RV tanks in less than 20 minutes without making a mess.

And if you really don’t want to try, there are options. Some campgrounds offer Honey Wagon services, where they will offer services like emptying your tanks for a fee. In addition, RV rental options like RV delivery can help you avoid dealing with these tasks as owners will have all the hookups set up with the RV! Or you can opt to pay an additional dump fee and avoid this task. 

As you can tell, there are many options around this. Renters should choose the one that best fits their needs and preferences.

Read More: How To Dump Waste Tanks

What Are Some Recommended Campsites Or RV Parks For Beginners?

Starting with a campsite that offers full hookups is highly recommended for beginners. This allows the opportunity to simply enjoy the RV without having to worry about how much water and power are being used, or if the grey water is full. In addition, being around fellow RVers and campground staff is a great peace of mind that there are people around to help if you need it!

How Can First-Time RV Renters Get The Most Out Of Their Rental Experience?

First-time RVers can get the most out of their rental experience by:

• Preparing for their trip ahead of time by planning their itinerary and booking campgrounds in advance.
• Covering all the important “how-to” elements with the owner before hitting the road.
• Getting familiar with the RV travel culture and style. 

Making the most of your rental experience comes down to setting yourself up for a successful adventure. Plan a trip that is personal to you and be sure to make the most of your time in the RV! 

What Are Some Useful Resources, Such As Apps Or Websites, For First-Time RV Renters?

A great app for RVers is Campendium. This app will help you find campgrounds both paid or free anywhere in the U.S. The best part is the reviews! You can learn so much about campgrounds through the experiences of others, and taking the time to read about them before booking your site is a great way to ensure you are going to love where you stay. Another favorite is Roadtrippers. This app makes it easy to plan your route and search for attractions as well as helpful stops like dump stations and rest areas.

Read More: Must-Have Apps For RVers (2023)

Do You Have Any Other Helpful Tips Or Advice For First-Time RV Renters?

If possible, avoid very popular, crowded areas. Although they probably have hype for a reason, these locations can be complicated to navigate with an RV and take away from your experience rather than add to it. 

Educate yourself on campground etiquette and rules. Some if not most campgrounds have quiet hours among other rules. Following and respecting these is an important part of RVing. And as always, remember to follow Leave No Trace if you are taking your RV off-road. 

Lastly — more than advice — a reminder that we were all scared and overwhelmed when we started RVing. Take it easy, do your research, ask questions, and before you know it, you will be enjoying the RV and worries will be long gone!

Winter Haven in central Florida offers amusement park enthusiasts LEGOLAND® Florida Resort and the Peppa Pig Theme Park. In addition, outdoor enthusiasts will enjoy Bok Tower Gardens and Bonnet Springs Park, while the entire family will remember their precious time away together.

The town sits between Orlando and Tampa, so you can fly into either Orlando International Airport (MCO) or Tampa International Airport (TPA). We rented a car for the hour’s drive south of Orlando and east of Tampa.

Here are the seven places I love to take my grandkids when we visit Winter Haven, Florida.

Thank you to Visit Central Florida for hosting my stay. All opinions are my own.

1. LEGOLAND® Theme Park & Water Park

Located in Winter Haven, on the grounds of the former Cypress Gardens, LEGOLAND® Florida Resort & Water Park is a 150-acre field of fun designed for kids 2–12. It offers more than 50 rides, shows, attractions, a water park, and a stunning botanical garden.

Pirate River Quest

The Pirate River Quest is the newest ride at LEGOLAND® in 2023. The ride is approximately 25 minutes and is appropriate for all ages. While riding through the canals, you’ll participate in a quest searching for gold bricks and counting jewels.

Brickbeard’s Watersport Stunt Show

As you plan your day, note the showtimes, as you won’t want to miss Brickbeard’s Watersport Stunt Show. With pirates, barefoot skiing, a flyboard, wakeboarding, and the famous ski pyramid, you’ll want to say, “Yes,” when everyone asks, “Did you see the ski show?”

Botanical Gardens

When historic Cypress Gardens opened in 1939, they planted the seedling that today is the giant Banyan tree, the garden’s focal point. Today, they incorporated it into LEGOLAND® Theme Park as the botanical gardens. In addition to the Banyan tree, you’ll find 10 types of banana trees, 30 varieties of palms, and 15 kinds of azaleas.

You’ll want to budget at least 1 full day for this park, but you’ll find plenty to keep you busy for 2. When planning your trip, remember that on many days they are only open from 10 a.m.–5 p.m.

Pro Tip: Download the app before you go to help with your planning. It provides insights into show times and character appearances.

2. Peppa Pig Theme Park Florida

Located steps from LEGOLAND® Florida Resort, Peppa Pig Theme Park caters to the littles — preschoolers and early elementary. You’ll find six rides, including a modest roller coaster driven by Daddy Pig, which even a timid 4-year-old will enjoy.

The splash pad is fun to cool down in the afternoon heat and jump in puddles, just like Peppa and her brother George. Have the kids wear their swimsuits under their clothes and pack some towels to dry off. Before leaving the park, I recommend making the water feature your last stop. That way, you can change and dry off without dealing with wet swimsuits for the rest of your time at the park.

Plan to spend a half-day at Peppa Pig Theme Park.

Pro Tip: If you’re staying at LEGOLAND Florida Resort, they have a shuttle from the hotel to the Peppa Pig Theme Park. While it isn’t a long walk, the shuttle is convenient if you have any issues walking. The Model Citizens (the theme park employees) will also call the resort to have the shuttle return you to the hotel.

3. Bok Tower Gardens

Situated amongst the Florida orange groves, Bok Tower Gardens, located in Lake Wales, is a National Historic Landmark. In 1929, Edward Bok, a Dutch immigrant and world peace advocate, dedicated the gardens as a gift to the American people.

The 205-foot Singing Tower carillon stands on one of Florida’s highest points, surrounded by almost 700 acres of conservation land. You’ll find rare plants and animals in this area.

We spent about 3 hours at the Bok Tower, and you could easily spend more time exploring every garden.

Hammock Hollow Children’s Garden

The almost 3-acre Hammock Hollow Children’s Garden allows families to experience nature in various ways. But, of course, the kiddos will have more things to do than stop and smell the flowers. It features a rope spider web for climbing, a shaded stage with costumes to perform an impromptu play, and a xylophone to make music similar to the Singing Tower. In addition, the kiddos can try out the vintage water hand pump and make some mud pies, of which even Peppa Pig would be proud.

Bok Tower

Every day, the Singing Tower carillon features concerts at 1 p.m. and 3 p.m. They also play short selections on the hour and half-hour. The concert schedule showcases live concerts by Geert D’hollander from mid-October through mid-May, from Thursday–Sunday. In addition, you’ll hear the Bok Tower concerts throughout the garden, so you don’t need a concert ticket.

Blue Palmetto Café

The Blue Palmetto Café offers sandwiches, salads, and snacks in an indoor-outdoor setting. Pick up lunch at the café, spread a blanket within the gardens, and enjoy a picnic lunch. In addition to lunch, they serve breakfast until 11 a.m.

You can rent scooters from the gift shop on a first come, first served basis.

Pro Tip: Bring quarters to purchase food to feed the koi fish in the moat around the Singing Tower.

4. Bonnet Springs Park 

Bonnet Springs Park in Lakeland is a new 168-acre urban oasis that brings the natural beauty of central Florida to life. Even the dog will have fun at Bonnet Springs. Some park highlights include the Nature Center, Butterfly House, Botanical Gardens, and Canopy Walk.

Pro Tip: The park offers tram service to various stops throughout the park. You can board the shuttle every 15 minutes in the covered area behind the Florida Children’s Museum.

5. Florida Children’s Museum

Located within Bonnet Springs Park, the 47,800-square-foot Florida Children’s Museum is a state-of-the-art facility. The two-story building opened in 2022, featuring activities for babies through early teens. Babies can play with mom and dad’s help in the watermelon seeds area with brightly-colored stacking fruit. Preschoolers and early elementary kids will have fun in the city built for play. They can be whatever they dream of in the various buildings, from firefighters to veterinarians. Even grown-ups can get involved in adult-sized costumes. Older kids have an area where they can complete a stop-action video. We found something for everyone here, even the adults.

While entrance to Bonnet Springs Park is free, the Florida Children’s Museum does have an admission fee.

Pro Tip: You’ll find places to sit throughout the museum, so this grandma found it easy to watch her grandkids while they played.

6. Harborside Restaurant

Harborside Restaurant, situated on the shores of Lake Shipp in Winter Haven, offers stunning sunset views from its deck. While the menu is seafood-focused with dishes like gulf oysters on the half shell, gulf grouper, and shrimp, they offer substantial steak and pasta selections if you don’t enjoy seafood. In addition, they have a kid’s menu that will satisfy even the pickiest eater.

Pro Tip: Look for various specials throughout the week. For example, one day, you might find half-off appetizers, and another, a special on catfish.

7. Lake Morton

Charming downtown Lakeland, known as the “City of Swans,” is Polk County’s largest city. Queen Elizabeth II donated a pair of swans to Lakeland in 1957, making the graceful bird a beloved city symbol. Today, you’ll see far more than two swans and an assortment of other waterfowl on Lake Morton.

Pro Tip: You can purchase food to feed the waterfowl from machines around the lake. Do not bring bread to feed the birds.

If you’re looking for more grandparent recommendations for Florida travel, check out these articles:

•  I’ve Been A Grandparent For 3 Years: Here Are 10 Must-Do Sarasota Experiences My Granddaughter Loves
•  I’m A New Grandparent — The First 3 Places In Florida I’m Taking My Granddaughter
• 11 New Experiences In Central Florida Your Family Will Love

A trip to Las Vegas means many different things to different people. For Broadway lovers, you can see a different show every night. For the outdoorsy types, we were thrilled to find Death Valley National Park only a 2-hour drive from Las Vegas — and well worth the trip! And of course, almost anywhere you go in Las Vegas is a gambler’s delight. 

No matter how you choose to spend your time in Las Vegas, you’re bound to work up an appetite. The good news is that the restaurant choices are almost endless here. The bad news is the huge variety makes it hard to choose. We stayed downtown on our recent Vegas trip and were on a mission to eat well on a budget. Here are the best cheap eats in Las Vegas, in no particular order.

1. Garden Buffet

Southpoint Casino

I confess to loving good buffets. Back in the “before” days, buffets in Las Vegas were a common thing, but these days, not so much. While the fancy strip buffets are more plentiful, the price tag was more than we wanted to spend. On the recommendation of our hotel staff, we made the quick drive to the Garden Buffet at Southpoint Casino, located just minutes south of the Strip. According to the front desk rep, this is where the locals go. 

This large buffet offers a wide variety of foods — including Italian, Chinese, barbecue, and Mexican — a large salad bar, and a dessert station with lots of sweet options. The highlight of the buffet is the carving station, where you can get freshly-carved meats. We went on a Sunday when the featured dish at the carving station was prime rib. We liked the variety of choices at the buffet and felt it was a good deal for less than $35. Was it as good as the pricier buffets at Wynn and Caesar’s? Probably not, but it was almost half the price!

What To Order At Garden Buffet At Southpoint Casino

We liked the prime rib at the carving station.

Pro Tip: Southpoint Casino is massive and the buffet is busy. Go during off-peak times for fewer crowds.

2. Binion’s Cafe

Binion’s Casino

Looking for a Vegas throwback where you can grab a quick meal 24/7 right off the gaming floor? Binion’s Cafe has you covered. This little diner — towards the back of Binion’s Casino on Fremont Street across from slot machines — offers breakfast, lunch, and dinner. You won’t find luxurious decor or fancy presentations, but you will get classic dinner fare at a great price. 

What To Order At Binion’s

The Binion’s famous burger is delish and so is the classic Caesar salad with blackened chicken. If you want a steak, you can’t beat the ribeye steak and frites for less than $22.

3. American Coney Island

The D Casino

Who doesn’t love a Coney dog? The dogs at American Coney Island at The D Casino are grilled up fresh as you watch. I ordered the Coney with chili, mustard, and onions at this tiny, super casual spot on the ground floor of The D. Open 24 hours, here you can grab a satisfying dog or burger at any time. This place is as casual as you can get, but for less than $5, it’s a deal!

What To Order At American Coney Island

Induldge in the Detroit original Coney Island Dog with a side of cheese fries. 

4. Proper Eats Food Hall

Aria Casino

This upscale food court is not like the one at the mall where you noshed with your friends during high school. Proper Eats Food Hall is made up of top-of-the-line, highly sought-after restaurants that you won’t find anywhere else. Here, you can dine at the first Wexler’s Deli outside of Los Angeles, London’s famous Seoul Bird, New York’s Egghead, and more. You’ll find sushi, specialty donuts, ramen, gourmet burgers, and almost anything else you can dream of.

What To Order At Proper Eats Food Hall 

Try a made-to-order roll from the temaki bar with a side of temaki spicy dipping sauce.

5. Cadillac Mexican Kitchen & Tequila Bar

Golden Nugget Casino

Happy hour is a beautiful thing. The Cadillac Mexican Kitchen & Tequila Bar within the Golden Nugget Casino delivers a variety of cheap eats and drinks at happy hour and beyond. Located across from the pool in the casino, this place was rockin’ during a Monday night happy hour. Luckily, there was no wait and we were quickly seated in the modern bar space. We devoured our appetizers along with our cocktails. Serving a Mexican-centric menu, the Cadillac offers a multitude of traditional favorites including tamales and nachos. Starting this month, they’ll also unveil a weekend breakfast menu with breakfast fajitas, huevos rancheros, as well as American favorites.

What To Order At Cadillac Mexican Kitchen & Tequila Bar

The queso blanco and housemade guacamole with pickled jalapenos from the appetizer list are super popular. Try the Pink Cadillac Margarita for a different spin on a classic.

6. In-N-Out Burger

Anytime I’m anywhere close to In-N-Out Burger territory, I make room on the itinerary for a stop! In-N-Out is quality, fresh fast-food that’s a cut above any other fast food. I don’t even eat fast food, but I make an exception for In-N-Out Burger. It’s scrumptious!

What To Order At In-N-Out Burger

It’s hard to beat the double-double — a mouthwatering two-patty burger with fries.

Pro Tip: Go to the location at the Linq Promenade. You’ll want to check out this upscale outdoor entertainment and shopping complex.

7. Famous Foods Street Eats

Resorts World Casino

The newest casino on the strip, Resorts World, has an impressive food court with not-your-run-of-the-mill fast-food options. Famous Foods Street Eats is an Asian-inspired food court that’s top-of-the-line. You can get made-to-order handrolls at Nori Bar, peking duck burritos at FUHU Shack, and clay pot rice dishes from Singapore-based eatery Geylang Claypot Rice. You can also try favorites like Nashville hot chicken from Marcus Samuelsson’s Streetbird as well as Texas barbecue with a twist from James Beard Award-winning Blood Bros. The variety here is vast.

Pro Tip: For other good food court options, check out the Forum Food Hall at Caesar’s, Block 16 at the Cosmopolitan, Grand Canal Shoppes Food Court at the Venetian, and the Village Street Eateries at New York-New York.

8. Saginaw’s Deli

Circa Resort & Casino

The newest casino downtown, Circa is a cool and hip spot with a ton of amenities and lots of different dining options. One of the best is Saginaw’s Deli, a Jewish-style deli where you’ll find all the traditional deli favorites and then some. The deli is the creation of Michigan legend Paul Saginaw, known for the iconic, award-winning Zingerman’s Deli in Ann Arbor, Michigan. Open 24 hours a day, Saginaw’s Deli serves brunch all day, and you’ll find plenty of creative breakfast-type creations. With a menu full of Jewish comfort food like chicken matzo ball soup, and chopped liver pate, plus all the deli specialties you’d expect, choosing just one entrée is going to be tough.

What To Order At Saginaw’s Deli

Try Rosie’s Meatloaf or the Royal Flush Reuben.

9. Bacon Nation

The D Casino

Another tasty and economical dining spot is Bacon Nation at The D Casino. Bacon Nation focuses on good old bacon as the name suggests! Located on the second floor of the Fremont Street Experience hotspot, the restaurant’s 24/7 menu is centered around a love for all things bacon and incorporates 13 gourmet bacon varieties into a plethora of dishes.

What To Order At Bacon Nation

The Reverse BLT is a fun take on the classic sandwich, with bacon on the outside!

Remember that it’s possible to sample tons of different, unique foods Las Vegas offers and stick to your travel budget at the same time.

Related Reading:

• 24 Fabulous New Las Vegas Attractions (2023)
• My 8 Favorite Experiences On Fremont Street In Las Vegas
• 7 New And Unique Things To Do On The Las Vegas Strip

Ready to trade those snow shovels and windshield scrapers for year-round sunshine, beach towels, and seaside margaritas? Your parka for flip-flops? Over 100,000 tired-of-winter retirees spread their wings and make the move to Florida each year, anxious to embrace its laidback, Jimmy Buffett-style lifestyle.

For several months, my wife and I scoured the Sunshine State searching for the ideal place to retire. We’ve traveled down the Atlantic Coast, up the Gulf Coast, and crisscrossed in between. After visiting dozens of towns and cities, we’ve crowned the beautiful Gulf Coast city of Fort Myers the winner. 

Now, I know what you’re thinking: The area’s in tatters after being hit by Hurricane Ian’s wrath. That’s true — it’s still in recovery mode. But the teamwork and resilience we’ve witnessed during subsequent recovery efforts have only endeared us more to the community. Residents here care passionately for one another, their neighborly and unselfish compassion displayed virtuously on their sleeves. Furthermore, despite these optics, Fort Myers historically ranks slightly below the state average for hurricane activity.

Here are 12 reasons why we believe Fort Myers is the best spot to retire in Florida:

1. Weather

It’s Florida, so of course the weather is nice. But the “City of Palms” scores higher than many other areas in the state due to its relatively moderate summer temperatures (rarely topping the mid-90s), mild winters (mid-60s to 70s), and almost 300 days of annual sunshine. Sure, it can get muggy during the summer rainy season (expect frequent torrential afternoon thunderstorms), but many consider it a fair trade for months of snow, ice, and those dirty slush piles.

2. It’s Affordable

I know that term is relative, but Fort Myers provides more bang for your buck than anywhere else in southern Florida. The cost of living here is 4 percent less than the national average and 6 percent less than the state average. Despite being a coastal town, real estate’s also a bargain at 8 percent below the national average. The savings translate particularly well, of course, if you’re selling out-of-state property to buy here. Florida is among a handful of states that don’t impose state income taxes. Americans receiving Social Security, or income from pensions or retirement plans like an IRA or 401(k), need only pay federal taxes — a boon for those on fixed incomes. Property tax is also reasonable, and if you’re a senior residing in your own property, you’ll likely qualify for a reduced Homestead tax rate. (Do budget for proper hurricane insurance coverage, however.)

3. Beautiful Beaches For Miles

With over 7 miles of gorgeous, white sand beaches and more than two dozen public access points, it’s a sun-worshipper’s dream. Sure, there are only two bridges leading from the mainland to Fort Myers Beach on the barrier island — and they’re often clogged with traffic, but that’s because everyone loves them! 

Pro Tip: The beach at Lovers Key State Park was rated one of Florida’s Top 10 by Conde Nast Traveler — although it’s currently closed during Hurricane Ian reparations. You’ll also find serene beaches with captivating sunsets at nearby Captiva Island, which has largely recovered from Ian.

4. Beyond The Beach

Burn like a lobster, but love museums, galleries, and theaters? You’ll find a thriving arts scene in the downtown River District. Lose yourself in yesteryear by spending the day strolling around historical buildings and botanical gardens at the former summer residences of Thomas Edison and Henry Ford (where Edison escaped northern winters for over 50 years). There’s also the IMAG History & Science Center — known locally as the Imaginarium — with an engaging aquarium component, as well as the Southwest Florida Museum of History. Engaging plays, many featuring Broadway stars, entertain audiences regularly at Florida Repertory Theater’s Historic Arcade Theatre (and its smaller sister stage, the ArtStage Studio Theatre). For those who enjoy a good meal — or cocktails — before or after the show, you’ll find a plethora of nearby restaurants and bistros to choose from, ranging from upscale dining to quaint sidewalk cafes. 

Pro Tip: Locals are picky about their seafood, so restaurants in Fort Myers won’t last long if they’re not fresh and tasty.

5. Healthcare Access

Popular local hospitals include Lee Memorial Hospital and Gulf Coast Hospital, both part of the highly-regarded Lee Memorial Health System. Many retirees in the area report a high level of satisfaction with healthcare and medical emergency resources, encompassing specialty care in cardiology and cancer treatment. Fingers crossed you won’t need any of these, but it’s reassuring to know they’re there if you do!

6. Natural Surroundings

Stroll boardwalks through cypress wetlands and pine forests, and visit the Audubon aviary at Calusa Nature Center & Planetarium, where injured eagles, hawks, and owls are rehabilitated. Or, paddle the 200-mile water trail along the Calusa Blueway Paddling Trail (great for beginners). Marvel at nature along easy-to-navigate trails at Six Mile Cypress Slough Preserve, where volunteer guides happily share their naturalist knowledge with awestruck hikers. Visitors often report seeing bobcats and otters. Nearby Cape Coral, known for its plentiful canals and manatees, is also popular with the birdwatching crowd. State parks are abundant in the area with each sporting diverse landscapes and bountiful opportunities to enjoy the spectacular beauty of Florida’s flora and fauna. So, strap up your hiking boots, grab a canteen of water, and get ready to be dazzled!

7. Demographic

Almost 30 percent of the Fort Myers population is in the 65+ age demographic, and most appreciate the fact that Fort Myers is more relaxing with a slower pace of life than Fort Lauderdale or South Beach, for example. It’s laidback, quieter, and largely stress-free — with more of a small-town feel. People here are genuinely friendly; nothing fake or forced about it. Mature retirees embrace this attitude, understanding the value of good neighbors.

8. Location

Smack dab between Tampa and Miami on I-95, it’s also a short run from Orlando. So, if you ever feel the need for a dose of big-city life, your craving can be satisfied within a 2.5-hour drive. Even the Jimmy Buffett-approved Florida Keys are just a few hours away!

9. Historic Downtown

Palm trees grace both sides of the downtown’s wide, red brick-lined boulevards, adorned with colorful sculptures and murals. Newer, upscale high-rises dotting the scenic riverfront fail in their attempt to steal attention from the character-rich century homes surrounding them. Known as the “River District,” this central commercial zone is booming with shops, eateries, theaters, and bars but nonetheless retains the enchanting charm of a bygone era. (Bowler hats are optional.)

10. International Airport And Cruise Ships

Need to visit family or friends — or host them at your new, tropical hideaway? Ache to travel to other exotic locales? No worries. Southwest Florida International Airport (RSW) is just 15 miles from the city center. It’s smaller and much less congested than the airports at Orlando and Miami, so you might even enjoy flying. (Then again, it’s the same airplane food, so probably not.) If you find yourself yearning to jump aboard the Love Boat — even for a short 3- or 4-day adventure — several cruise ships depart from nearby Port Tampa Bay, less than a 2-hour drive away.

11. Nearby Islands

The best part about these islands is… you can drive to them! Shell collectors from around the world visit Sanibel Island, heralded as the “Shell Capital of the World.” Its mother lode of ocean treasures includes 250 types of shells. Snorkelers and sunbathers love it too. Escape the hustle and bustle and grab some scrumptious key lime pie over on the very walkable Captiva Island while admiring its breathtaking ocean vistas. (And don’t miss the Island Hopper Songwriter Fest each September!) Pine Island was hit hard by Ian, but this bohemian-style community is bursting with artsy resilience. It’s Florida’s longest island at 17 miles — and 2 miles wide — the same size as Manhattan!

Pro Tip: Download a fun and fully-interactive shell identifier iPhone app from Sanibel’s National Shell Museum.

12. An Active Lifestyle

Fort Myers is a mecca for sports and outdoor enthusiasts. Grab some steel line and head for the deep sea to reel in some tarpon or swordfish. Paddleboard, surf, boat, or swim the calm, clear Gulf Coast waters. Watch shorebirds lurking in lush vegetation as you kayak through the mangrove forests along the Calusa Blueway Paddling Trail (rentals available if you don’t have your own equipment). If hiking or biking is your thing, you’ll find plenty of park trails to explore as well. Those who enjoy tennis or golf will be on cloud nine year-round with 40 golf courses nearby!

Greater Fort Myers

The Fort Myers population grew by almost 40 percent between 2010 and 2020, becoming the 6^th fastest-growing city in America. Obviously, we’re not alone in recognizing the value of the region’s mild winters, moderate cost of living, bounty of interesting activities, and that omni-important, “I could live here” vibe. Check it out soon, though; while prices remain attractive right now, they’ll almost certainly rise following the post-Ian revitalization that’s already well underway.

With a rich cultural heritage, stunning natural landscapes, and a diverse range of experiences all waiting to be explored, Europe has so much to offer a traveler. With such a wide range of fantastic things to experience, it might seem an impossible task to create a “to-do” list. But fear not! I’ve compiled a list of some of my favorite European travel experiences for you, and I hope this will inspire you to think outside the box and make your trip even more special.

From exploring an underground cemetery in Naples to a date with Dracula’s castle in Romania, or viewing a vast collection of 20th-century art in Venice, there’s something for everybody on this list. So, let’s get packing for some experiences of a lifetime.

1. Northern Lights

Finnish Lapland

Seeing the ethereal northern lights in Finnish Lapland is definitely an unforgettable experience. Lapland, located in the Arctic Circle, is one of the best places in the world to see the lights. They are otherwise known as the aurora borealis — a natural phenomenon that occurs when electrically-charged particles from the Sun collide with particles in the Earth’s atmosphere to create a stunning display of colors and patterns in the night sky.

Finnish Lapland is one of the most magical places you can visit. While you are here, visit Santa Claus and check to see if you’re on his naughty or nice list, see reindeer, try husky sledding, give skiing or snow-shoeing a try, sleep in a glass igloo, have a traditional Finnish sauna, and of course, turn your eyes to the sky and hopefully catch a glimpse of the magical northern lights.

In Lapland, the northern lights are visible from late August until early April, with the best time to see them being in the darkest months of the year, November to February. It’s important to find a location with clear skies and minimal light pollution, and be sure you have your camera ready. No one warns you that you often can’t see them with the naked eye and that most photographs of the Northern Lights are taken with special camera setups and a long shutter speed. Also remember, most cell phones will turn off in the cold.

Pro Tip: The northern lights are visible roughly 200 nights a year in northern Lapland, while in southern Finland, they’re only visible for around 10–20 nights a year. Take a northern lights tour to help you get to the best views.

2. Fontanelle Cemetery

Naples, Italy

Home to around 8 million human bones (mostly skulls) is the Fontanelle Cemetery beneath the bustle of the Naples streets. It is an old quarry that became a burial site in 1656 when the plague wiped out 250,000 of the city’s residents, and again in 1837, when cholera epidemics struck, at which time Fontanelle became Naples’s main burial site.

In the 19th century, the cemetery became overcrowded, and the bones of the deceased were moved to caves where they were arranged on shelves. In the early 20th century, the cemetery became a place of devotion for the poor of Naples, who believed that the souls of the dead could intercede on their behalf. The cemetery was maintained by a group of women known as the “pezzentelle,” who cared for the skulls and prayed for their souls.

A visit to Cimitero delle Fontanelle is free and offers an opportunity to both learn more about the history of Naples and to experience the eerie beauty of the underground catacombs.

Pro Tip: Ignore the somewhat pushy guides at the entrance to the cemetery. Instead, book a tour in advance if you don’t want to go it alone.

3. Glaciers

Svalbard, Norway

Norway’s Svalbard is a beautiful and remote archipelago deep inside the Arctic Circle. The region is known for vast expanses of ice and snow, majestic mountains, and stunning glaciers. Visitors can marvel at massive glaciers — tinged an otherworldly blue — that cascade down from the mountains and into the icy waters below. The sound of creaking ice and the sight of frozen landscapes stretching as far as the eye can see will leave a lasting impression on anyone fortunate enough to witness the majesty of Svalbard’s glaciers.

Despite its remote location and extreme conditions, Svalbard is a remarkable place and a popular destination for adventure tourism. It features activities such as dog sledding, snowmobiling, and glacier hiking, as well as the northern lights, which are visible here from October to February.

Svalbard is also home to the Svalbard Global Seed Vault, the world’s largest secure seed storage facility, where seeds from around the world are stored to protect against the loss of plant species in the event of a global catastrophe.

Pro Tip: Book a journey on an expedition ship, like the Quark Expeditions’ Ocean Adventurer, to get up close to glaciers, fjords, icebergs, and more.

4. Bran Castle

Bran, Romania

Bran Castle, in the Transylvania region of Romania, dates back to the 14^th century and is known as the home of the infamous vampire, Count Dracula, a fictional character created by Bram Stoker. The castle is a stunning example of medieval architecture, with a unique blend of Gothic and Renaissance styles, and its towers, turrets, and battlements giving it a dramatic and imposing appearance. Inside, visitors can explore the castle’s many rooms, including the eerie dungeons where prisoners were once held.

Bran Castle features an impressive collection of medieval weapons and armor, as well as artifacts from the region’s cultural heritage. Another unique feature of the castle is the torture room, with its displays of all sorts of medieval torture devices. The models are accompanied by drawings and gruesome descriptions of exactly how they were used. (You do have to pay a little extra to enter this part of the castle, and if you’re a little sensitive, you may want to skip it.) 

Whether you’re a history buff, or just a fan of horror stories and vampires, a visit to Dracula’s Castle is a great experience.

Pro Tip: As one of Romania’s tourist hotspots, expect the castle to be busy all year round. In the summer months, the entrance line can be long. To avoid long queues, arrive as early as possible, or book a tour that offers a skip-the-line ticket option. Most people wanting to visit Bran Castle base themselves in Brasov, a popular ski resort and hiking town in the Carpathian Mountains. It’s only 30 minutes to Bran Castle from Brasov by car, and you can take a tour from here that includes Bran Castle and Peles Castle (one of the most beautiful castles I’ve ever seen). If you’re short on time and can’t stay over in Brasov, it’s easy to take a day trip from Bucharest.

5. Art Along The Grand Canal

Venice, Italy

The Grand Canal is the main waterway in Venice and one of its iconic landmarks. Located on the banks of the Grand Canal is the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, a museum of modern art housed in the Palazzo Venier dei Leoni, a magnificent palace built in the 18th century.

The palace was originally designed by architect Lorenzo Boschetti but was never completed to his specifications. Over the years, various owners made changes and additions to the building, resulting in an eclectic mix of architectural styles and a stunning example of Venetian architecture. Its location along the Grand Canal makes it one of the most scenic and picturesque buildings in Venice.

Peggy Guggenheim purchased the incomplete building in 1949, living there until her death 30 years later. She filled its rooms with her vast collection of modern and contemporary art, including works by Jackson Pollock, Salvador Dalí, Pablo Picasso, Max Ernst, Joan Miró, and Alexander Calder. The building’s interior is just as impressive as its exterior, with ornate staircases, frescoes, and intricate details throughout. The museum’s galleries are spread over three floors.

Pro Tip: You can visit the Peggy Guggenheim Collection using the My Special Venice card, a digital card valid for 365 days that allows you to visit some of the most extraordinary cultural sites in Venice at reduced prices.

6. The Princes’ Islands 

Istanbul, Türkiye 

The “Princes’ Islands” (Adalar in Turkish) are a group of nine, small islands located in the Marmara Sea, a short ferry ride from Istanbul’s Kabataş ferry dock. Of the nine islands, only four are open to the public: Büyükada (the biggest and most popular), Burgazada, Heybeliada, and Kınalıada. The islands are known for their stunning natural beauty, charming villages, and unique history, with many of their buildings dating back to the Ottoman era. Mainly car-free, the islands are known for their horse-drawn carriages (phaetons) and visiting really feels like you’re stepping back in time.

The Princes Islands have evolved from a place of exile during the Byzantine era to a popular destination for tourists and Istanbulites alike looking for an escape from the hectic city. Each island has its own unique character and attractions, from the beautiful beaches of Büyükada to the secluded serenity of Heybeliada. On Büyükada, you’ll find grand old mansions, secret swimming coves, and colorful local markets, with one of the main attractions being the historic Greek Orthodox Monastery of St. George dating back to the 6th century. A walk up to Büyükada’s highest peak, Yücetepe, gives you incredible views all the way to Istanbul, far away on the horizon.

Pro Tip: Both regular ferries (operated by Şehir Hatları) and “sea busses” (fast ferries operated by IDO) will get you to the Princes’ Islands. The sea buses are the fastest option but operate at irregular times and focus on locals commuting to and from work, stopping at all the islands, and taking around 55 minutes. The regular ferries are slower (can take up to 100 minutes) but cheaper and depart more frequently. Make sure you catch one of the first ferries of the day to beat the local crowds, and on arrival, check when the last ferry departs back to Istanbul. Alternatively, join a day tour with lunch from Istanbul.

I hope I’ve whet your appetite to explore some of the special places and experiences that Europe has to offer. Happy traveling!

“I always say if bougainvillea grows there, I will have fun there and thus far, I’ve always been correct.” – Irma C.

Solo Traveler Snapshot

• Name: Irma C. 
• Age: 61
• Location: New Jersey 
• Marital Status: Long-Term Partner
• Favorite Solo Trips: Vietnam, Portugal, Central & South America

Irma retired early at age 46. All of her friends and family were still working full-time, so she knew that if she wanted to travel, it would be solo. She admits she’s a natural introvert so it wasn’t a stretch for her to easily adapt once she gained confidence and realized she could navigate independently.

First Solo Trip

TravelAwaits: What was your first solo trip?

Irma: Nicaragua was my first solo trip. It was inspired by my love of HGTV’s House Hunters International. The country had been featured several times and I was drawn to the natural beauty of what had been featured. There were jungles that opened to beautiful deserted beaches — which I love — exotic flowers, and landscapes. It was a place that I knew nothing about, so I decided to visit for about 5 days. I felt this would be the perfect amount of time to decide whether I would like the place and be able to get around by myself. I immediately met people and never felt alone during the entire trip. That experience gave me so much confidence that as soon as I returned home, I immediately started planning my next trip.

Favorite Aspect Of Solo Travel

TravelAwaits: What is your favorite part of traveling solo?

Irma: The best part of solo travel is designing an itinerary that captures all the things you enjoy, then having the ability to change everything at the last minute, if you so choose. It also is a great confidence builder, especially when the things you planned end up much better than imagined. I also like meeting new people, whether fellow travelers, or locals, that become unexpected participants in your daily adventures.

Favorite Solo Trip

TravelAwaits: What is your favorite solo trip so far?

Irma: I have traveled to over 90 countries — at least 60 of them solo. Hence, it is difficult for me to identify one favorite trip. However, one trip that will always stand out is my first trip to Vietnam. I decided to leave Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon) to spend a few days in a village along the Mekong River Delta. I was riding a bike and ended up along the river where there was a wooden ferry that took locals over to a small island where they lived. That’s the type of unexpected adventure that I’m always hoping for.

As I awaited the ferry, a local woman made eye contact and we tried to communicate even though there was a language barrier. We were pointing and laughing and I could tell she was just curious about me and my bike and why I was in that part of the village. The ferry eventually came and she was transporting her motorbike on the ferry and let me know that I could bring my bicycle.

When we arrived on the island a few minutes later, she pointed to her motorbike and convinced me to just leave my bike and hop on the back and ride with her. She drove me all over the small island and showed me around. She even introduced me to her family, gave me some of the largest mangoes I’ve ever seen, and then took me back to the ferry to collect my bike and head back to my guesthouse.

Through Google Translate, we made arrangements to meet up the next day and she showed me so many places in the area. After I returned home to the U.S., we continued our friendship over Facebook. Our friendship has lasted several years now and I will visit her again in Vietnam when I return to the area.

Biggest Solo Travel Concern 

TravelAwaits: What was your biggest concern before your first solo trip and how did you overcome it?

Irma: My biggest concern was feeling that I would not be able to navigate through a country, especially without knowing the language and with no one to help me. What I found out was that local people are so willing to assist, especially when you are solo, because you are much more approachable. In most places, they can spot a tourist, so I’m sure the look of concern or bewilderment is much more obvious on your face than you can imagine.

Group Or Independent Travel

TravelAwaits: Do you travel with a group or independently and why?

Irma: I am not a group traveler for all of the reasons stated above. Even when I sometimes travel with family, I will still venture off on my own at times.

Recommended Tour Company

TravelAwaits: Do you have a favorite group tour company for solo travelers?

Irma: The name is “Discover Why I Love Egypt” by Roz Obayemi Barbour for those who really want a great travel experience while also learning about the history of Egypt.

Favorite Travel Product

TravelAwaits: What is one product you cannot live without on your trips?

Irma: My cell phone. I use it for everything you would use a computer for: It’s my navigation system, my camera, my translator, my itinerary planner, my television and home entertainment center, and everything else you can imagine.

I Wish I Would Have Joined A Group For This Trip…

TravelAwaits: Is there a solo location/destination that would have been better in a group and why?

Irma: Even though I love the beach, this is the only place where I would prefer to travel with others. I find myself being hesitant to go in the water because I’m concerned about leaving valuables alone on the beach, and while I’m just laying around, it would be nice to be able to talk to someone I know.

Best Advice For Solo Travelers

TravelAwaits: What advice would you give someone who is considering solo travel?

Irma: Start off slow by spending a long weekend solo in a familiar place and determine whether you actually like being alone. For many people, they realize that they don’t like being solo. It is also important to know who you are and what you love because these things are key to having a great time. So many people have never spent much time alone, and if there aren’t activities on your itinerary that you love, a solo trip can be lonely.

A smile in any language is universal. It will connect you to others no matter where you are in the world and is a prerequisite for having a wonderful solo experience.

For more Solo Traveler Journals, check out these stories:

• Why I’m Never Lonely When I Travel Solo
• How A Surprising Breakup Led Me To Living All Over The World
• The One Thing I Don’t Leave Home Without When I Travel Solo

One might think that, as a flight attendant, I love to travel off the cuff — just land in a foreign country and hit the ground exploring. However, I have found my calling in group tours! The ease, comfort, and fun of group tours are addicting! So far, I’ve been on five group tours. My family has toured Australia, Italy, Greece, Egypt, and even taken a photo safari in Kenya, Africa.  

Group tours give you the opportunity to experience the culture and the people of the area you are visiting more fully and without worrying about the details of your trip. This might not happen if planning a trip on your own. Big decisions are made for you on a group tour. The hotel, most meals, and driving and entrance tickets are all handled, leaving you to relax and enjoy the experience. If there are any mishaps, the tour director will handle them. Your vacation is of the utmost importance.

Things I Love About Group Tours

1. Local Tour Leader

Our group tour leaders have been from the country we are visiting. They are the perfect hosts with language abilities and local knowledge of the region.

One big plus is the knowledge gained by having a tour leader. They have great insights about the region and share stories and anecdotes. They were chosen for their job because of their expertise and familiarity. Below are examples of how having a local tour leader saved me money and headaches. 

Egypt

In Egypt, at the pyramids, the tour leader guided us to trustworthy camel drivers and bartered the $20 fee. Other travelers were charged $250 just to dismount.

Australia

We were in Alice Springs, Australia, in the middle of the Outback. Our flight to Cannes was canceled. Our director called us in our hotel room. She had already informed the hotel we would be staying longer and rescheduled our flight and our airport transfers. Everything was handled.

Italy

In Italy, our tour leader efficiently took extra care of travelers who were not as mobile as they once had been. She had passenger carts waiting to whisk those travelers away to wait in cooler places and in shorter lines to visit the Vatican. Later, they talked about how wonderful their visit was as they could physically enjoy the day because of the extra care given by our tour guide.

Greece

Tour directors are your personal organizers. In Greece we discovered we had to leave the tour a day early and very quickly! Our tour director took over and scheduled our taxis, got our luggage, and kissed us goodbye.

2. Transportation Provided

It is a luxury to have transportation already arranged. Flights get delayed or canceled, and things happen. No matter what happens, the tour company is there to help. Travelers are met at the airport and guided through visa purchases and baggage retrieval. Once that’s complete, you never have to worry about transportation. The tour director lets you know what time the bus departs. Porters then handle your luggage. 

Pro Tip: Many tours include tipping the porters in the price of the trip. That’s one less thing to worry about! 

Tour buses often receive special consideration. You are dropped off in front of exhibits and in special areas passenger cars cannot enter. The buses take tour travelers to the door and when they are finished, voila, there they are to whisk you away. All transportation worries vanish.

Pro Tip: The bus drivers are tipped by you at the close of your visit. They are excellent photographers. Do not hesitate to ask them to take your photo!

3. First Access

Group tours have first access to many attractions. Directors sweep their groups inside, so you won’t be waiting in a 3-hour line like the one everyone complains about at the Sistine Chapel. When we were there, we walked right in with our tour guide, who introduced us to a Vatican guide who regaled us with stories of Michelangelo.

4. Most Meals Included

On group tours, most dinners are included and are carefully chosen for scenic locations and the variety of menus. Tour paperwork will disclose special dietary needs and the tour director ensures you will enjoy each meal. They have special needs covered. 

Typically, I book my tours through Affordable Tours. This company includes complimentary breakfast at your hotel. It’s usually a wonderful buffet that will fill you up until dinner!

About 85 percent of lunches and dinners are included. This helps keep everything on schedule. If the meal is not included, the tour director will recommend great local eateries that will give you a fee for the destination you are visiting.

Pro Tip: Arrange to have local currency in smaller bills for tipping and buying souvenirs. Aside from tipping your tour director and bus driver, most tipping is covered by the tour. Of course, you will still need to tip if you go outside of the group.

5. Accommodations Arranged

The tour has already reserved your rooms and arranged everything. No matter what time of day you arrive, you are granted immediate access to your room. There are no check-in or out times to worry about and no waiting for your room to be ready. The hotel is selected for security, comfort, and location. 

Pro Tip:  After a day of touring, hotels usually have a place downstairs where you can order a cool drink and talk with fellow tourists about the day. When you get to your room, your luggage will be waiting for you.

Possible Downsides Of A Group Tour

1. Too Many People

People who have anxiety about talking to others or do not like schedules may not enjoy group tours. You are with the same people for the majority of your tour. However, you do get to pick your seat on the bus. If you want to sit alone, sit on the aisle seat so no one can sit next to you.

2. The Annoying Person

There will be a person on your tour that feels they are special and deserve extra. The tour director knows exactly how to handle them. That is their job and it is not the first nor the last time they have to deal with “that person.” 

My Favorite Group Tour 

Choose tours based on the published itineraries of the cities or exhibits you want to visit. I use a group tour website called Affordable Tours. They contract with many established reputable tour companies. I have used this website for over 10 years and have had excellent, attentive service. Purchase one of the many tours offered by the different companies and Affordable Tours will assist with visas, travel insurance, and flights. 

People think group tours are expensive, but having traveled as much as I have, I consider them a bargain. The ease and comfort of knowing everything is decided is valuable. Having a driver and luggage handled is comfortable. Even tipping is included, aside from the driver and director.

Each tourist’s needs are met, whether they are dietary or mobility related. The director wants you to have a wonderful visit and works tirelessly toward that goal. Having decisions made will immeasurably enhance your excursion experience. The group tour is for the traveler who wants to relax and enjoy their travels.

Doing your group tour research? Don’t miss:

• 10 Amazing Small Group Travel Tours To Experience In 2023
• 9 Reasons I Always Take This Type Of Tour When I Visit A New City

Imagine the perfect town for a nuclear or multigenerational vacation. It would be near the water, full of attractions and activities to keep everyone happy and occupied, and exude the kind of genuine friendliness and charm to make you never want to leave. Well, imagine no more. The town you’re yearning for is Stuart, the seat of Martin County, Florida.

Located on South Florida’s Treasure Coast between Daytona Beach and Miami, Martin County has more than 22 miles of powdery beaches and 100,000 acres of eco-friendly parks and conservation lands.

My husband and I spent some time in this Treasure Coast paradise and found it uncrowded, unpretentious, and full of delightful surprises. I’m sharing our experiences so that you can find your own vacation paradise, too.

Our visit to Stuart was hosted by Discover Martin County. However, all opinions are entirely my own.

1. Hutchinson Shores Resort & Spa

Jensen Beach is minutes from downtown Stuart, but once you step onto the Hutchinson Shores Resort & Spa property, you’re in another world. This oceanfront resort offers stretches of golden beach on the outside and an ocean-inspired décor that blends with every aspect of its interior.

Hutchinson contains 178 classy, comfortable oceanfront rooms and suites. Every night, we fell asleep to the soporific sound of ocean waves hitting the beach through our open-balcony door.

Amenities include two outdoor pools, oceanfront dining, a spa, and easy access to Stuart and other Martin County treasures.

2. Historic Downtown Stuart

Historic Downtown Stuart is a treasure trove of more than 50 locally-owned shops, restaurants, and galleries mere steps from the scenic St. Lucie River. Lovers of architecture will appreciate the turn-of-the-century buildings and historic homes. While history buffs will enjoy a look around the Stuart Heritage Museum.

Watch a movie, play, or concert at the Lyric Theater, which has been in operation since 1926. Take a pleasant stroll along the Riverwalk, or catch some live music and a nightcap before turning in.

Pro Tip: Stuart is comfortably walkable, but you can also ride the free downtown tram.

3. Martin County Beaches

Stuart is surrounded by miles of stunning beaches, and because Martin County isn’t as well-known as other Florida destinations, the crowds are thinner. Beachcombers have plenty of room to sit, swim, or sunbathe. But for many, a day at the beach is often difficult — if not impossible — because of mobility challenges. Martin County has made sure residents and visitors can enjoy area beaches alongside their families and friends.

Weather permitting, the guarded beaches — Bathtub, Jensen, Stuart, and Hobe Sound — make rolling beach wheelchairs available free of charge for individuals with a variety of mobility needs. These all-terrain chairs are constructed with PVC, making them lightweight. They have four air-filled balloon tires, so navigating through sand is possible. Each chair also comes equipped with an umbrella and a roomy pouch attached to the back to hold essential items.

If you require help, simply ask the beach’s guard tower and a lifeguard will assist you

Pro Tip: Always check tidal schedules and view the beach cams for current conditions before setting off.

4. Treasure Coast River Cruises

For a unique picture of Stuart and surrounding areas, seeing them from a pontoon boat will give you an entirely different perspective. Treasure Coast River Cruises offers four entertaining sightseeing cruises.

My husband and I thoroughly enjoyed our Sandbar Cruise, departing from Sandsprit Park in South Stuart and returning 2 hours later with big smiles. Our captain was charming, informative, and hilarious. Learning about the wildlife we saw, listening to stories past and present, and simply being out on the water felt like a floating mini-vacation.

The pontoons carry a maximum of six and are roomy and comfortable. The captains are properly licensed and safety-conscious. You can bring any food or drink you like, including alcoholic beverages. Water is available free of charge.

5. Florida Oceanographic Coastal Center

One of Stuart’s most popular attractions is the Florida Oceanographic Center. This 57-acre parcel is situated between the Atlantic Ocean and the Indian River Lagoon. The massive complex is home to the Florida Oceanographic Society’s headquarters, nature trails, a 750,000-gallon Game Fish Lagoon, a children’s activity pavilion, a sea turtle pavilion, and the award-winning Ocean EcoCenter. And that’s only the beginning. You’ll need at least half a day to engage your senses in the center’s offerings.

There was so much to see and do, my husband and I could barely take it all in. We were shown how to pet and feed a stingray, marveled at rescued sea turtles and an adorable baby octopus, and watched fascinated children engage with interactive educational activities.

Pro Tip: A fine spot to take a break is the third-floor viewing deck with a spectacular view overlooking the lagoon.

6. The Elliott Museum

Across the street from the Florida Oceanographic Center is another family-friendly wonderland where you can spend a couple of hours delving into the past. The Elliott Museum is best known for its impressive vintage car collection, which includes some of the first vehicles to take to the road.

From familiar oldies to models of which few have heard, a wander through the exhibits is a treat for all. If you want to see a particular vehicle that isn’t on the floor, simply select it from a list. In minutes, it will magically appear from the multi-story automated storage facility, along with all its information displayed on a nearby computer screen.

Pro Tip: Don’t forget to visit the second floor for shipwreck artifacts, a genuine moonshine still, replicas of an old apothecary and general store, an impressive collection of Major League Baseball memorabilia, art, and more.

7. Children’s Museum Of The Treasure Coast

Located in Indian Riverside Park in Jensen Beach, the Children’s Museum of the Treasure Coast has an outstanding array of exhibits to encourage children to learn about their world, create, and explore their interests and talents.

The Baby Beach House is an area where the littlest ones can play in a safe environment. Hospital and vet clinics let the kids play doctor with replicas of internal organs and bones. And The Spanish Galleon — a 64-foot, 16th-century replica — enables children to experience life aboard the ship on a 90-day crossing through sound, smell, touch, and story-telling. They can even fire soft rubber cannonballs at imaginary enemy ships.

The museum is filled with happy noise, bright colors, and flashing lights. For this reason, there are designated calm areas for children with autism, where parents can take them to destress. Regularly scheduled Sensory Friendly Days give these children the run of the museum without the noise and lights.

Pro Tip: Admission fees can add up, but reduced rates are available through Groupon and other discount programs.

8. Hobe Sound

Sometimes, the journey is as satisfying as the destination. You can transform a 30-minute drive along SE Federal Highway from Stuart to Hobe Sound into a day, or half-day, adventure by taking advantage of things to see and do on the way.

Blowing Rocks Preserve

If this natural attraction is on your agenda, you’ll need to plan to be there at high tide, so find out when that is and plan accordingly. If you time it right, you’ll be treated to a rare natural phenomenon. When waves crash through the craggy rock formations at high tide, they appear to explode upward as high as 50 feet into the air.

Jonathan Dickinson State Park

Pick up a map at the entry gate and explore the largest state park in Southeast Florida. This 11,500-acre park offers opportunities for picnicking, walking, hiking, and biking. Accessible walking paths, restrooms, and other amenities make this park a true gem that all can enjoy.

Florida Tunnel Of Trees

For some natural eye candy, drive along SE Bridge Road and through an amazing tree canopy. The name speaks for itself, and the experience is magical and photo-worthy.

Hobe Sound Public Beach

Engage in some play time at Hobe Sound Public Beach, then take a wander through the delightful town. Charming antique shops, family-owned eateries, and art galleries offer sweet surprises behind every door.

Murals of Hobe Sound is a project that turned the town into an outdoor art gallery. You’ll see these colorful artistic gems gracing building facades throughout town.

The Grove Pizza Cucina And Wine Bar

When stomachs start rumbling, head to The Grove Pizza Cucina and Wine Bar, a true dining experience with a casual atmosphere. Along with their exquisite pizzas, the restaurant serves traditional Italian dishes with a twist. The pappardelle with lamb bolognese is phenomenal, as is the chocolate tower for dessert, alternating layers of deep-fried homemade chocolate pasta and a mascarpone filling drizzled with a chocolate sauce. A meal at The Grove is the perfect ending to a perfect day.

Pro Tip: Stuart is a family-friendly town with an upbeat vibe. If you’re fortunate enough to be in Stuart on a Sunday morning, take the tram to Flagler Park and enjoy Market on Main, held weekly rain or shine. This is a golden opportunity to meet the folks who live and work in Stuart while checking out locally-grown produce, handmade items, freshly-made sweet and savory foods, and more.

Related Reading: 

• 16 Florida Beach Towns Our Readers Love (2022)
• 7 Fantastic Things To Do In Scenic Jupiter, Florida
• 7 Incredible National Parks And Preserves To Visit In Southern Florida

A sesquicentennial — or 150th anniversary — is quite an achievement in any industry. However, you’ve got to have serious staying power to make it that long in the travel business, and Holland America Line is getting ready to celebrate this special landmark in a big way.

When Rotterdam I made its maiden voyage across the Atlantic from the Netherlands to New York City, it began a long and storied sailing history. It’s one that includes a rich immigrant tradition and a strong commitment to onboard excellence that’s been there since the line’s beginning.

Here’s how Holland America is pulling out all the stops when it comes to the 15-decade milestone.

How Holland America Is Commemorating Its 150th Anniversary

The year-long celebration actually kicked off last October when Holland America launched its first special 150th-anniversary trans-Atlantic crossing. The newest Pinnacle-class ship in Holland America’s fleet — the Rotterdam — left its namesake city on October 15, 2022, exactly 150 years after Rotterdam I did the same in 1872. The 2022 crossing recreated the iconic first voyage, traveling from Rotterdam to New York, with calls at Plymouth and Dover in the United Kingdom. Rotterdam stayed overnight in New York City for special celebrations, then traveled down the eastern seaboard to its final destination in Fort Lauderdale.

The experience proved so popular with guests that Holland America scheduled another commemorative cruise — with destinations in reverse order — coming up in April. The 16-night adventure starts in Fort Lauderdale and ends up back in Rotterdam for another 150th-anniversary bash on board the ship on April 18 — marking the actual founding of the cruise line.

“As we got deeper into planning the events surrounding our 150th, we knew that the best place to celebrate the date of our founding was in the city of Rotterdam where it all started,” said Gus Antorcha, president of Holland America Line. “These voyages that mark our first departure and our anniversary are going to be incredibly memorable as we retrace our first sailing from the 1870s, but on a modern, luxury cruise ship. We anticipate the April cruise to be as popular as the October sailing.”

The Company’s Immigrant Backstory

Holland America Line was founded in the Netherlands in 1873 as the Netherlands-American Steamship Company. It brought immigrants from all over Europe to the United States well into the 1900s, carrying almost 2 million people to new lives and new homes across the ocean.

Holland America Line treated these passengers as guests, renaming its “steerage class” to the more accurate “emigrants’ class.” Staff also saw to it that each person on board got three meals a day and as much comfort as possible. That level of care earned the cruise company a fitting nickname: “The Spotless Fleet.”

During its immigration heyday, the company also provided onboard doctors and a pre-departure hotel, plus English lessons and classes on American civics, culture, and history to ensure passengers a safe journey to — and through — New York.

That extra effort paid off for passengers who sailed to America on the line; 99 percent of the immigrants carried on the fleet were cleared for entry and passed through Ellis Island.

Heritage Cruises Through 2023

The 150th celebrations don’t stop after April’s voyage to Rotterdam. Through this year, Holland America is offering what it’s calling “Heritage Cruises.” These special sailings — ranging in length from 5 to 18 days — will include itineraries with deep links to the brand’s history, including those in Alaska (Holland America was the first cruise line to explore the 49th state), the Caribbean, Northern Europe, the Mediterranean, Australia and New Zealand, Hawaii, South America, and Mexico.

The Heritage sailings will feature onboard and shoreside experiences that harken back to the past. Think throwback dinner menus in the main dining room, retro happy hours with lower pricing to match, special Dutch high tea services, classic cruise activities, and Dutch games, including a traditional egg walk. Get ready to work on your onboard sense of balance!

Culture vultures will love detailed daily “This Day In History” announcements about each port, plus enhanced ship-board display screens showcasing the ports’ significant moments, vintage photos, and fun facts. Shore excursions will also focus on the cultural importance of each stop.

“These special Heritage Cruises allow us to continue celebrating Holland America Line with our guests in a meaningful way,” said Antorcha. “We have a deep connection to ports around the world, and we’re excited to show how each highlighted destination has shaped our brand.”

Tips For Booking/Sailing

From a tropical, beachy getaway to grand tours of Europe and once-in-a-lifetime sailings to Australia and New Zealand, Holland America’s Heritage Cruises are a special way to celebrate the line’s grand anniversary. Guests who want to learn more about the itineraries still available should visit Holland America’s dedicated homepage listing the offerings.

Holland America prides itself on superior dining options across its fleet, employing a culinary council of chefs to design menus and signature dishes. Word to the wise: Try to reserve your specialty restaurant seatings, as well as your excursions and spa treatments well in advance. You don’t want to miss out on those onboard experiences because they are all booked up!

Free activities also take place on board each day, including live cooking demonstrations, and even pickleball lessons and tournaments. Be sure to check them out during your at-sea days.

Last but not least: Do your homework before packing those bags. Certainly, you want to plan for your destination’s weather and your activities, however, you’ll want to keep in mind Holland America still has formal nights and that means a dress code to also take into account. Check ahead of time to see how many there are on your sailing, so you’ll have the fancy clothes covered as well as your daytime resort wear.

Related Reading:

• 6 Cruise Splurges Our Experts Say Are Worth Every Penny
• I Retired On A Cruise Ship — Here’s How Much It Costs
• 8 Reasons You Should Consider Taking Back-To-Back Cruises

Called “The World’s Aquarium” by Jacques Cousteau, the Sea of Cortes is the location to experience the incredible diversity of marine life. With 900 species of fish, 170 species of seabirds, a third of the world’s whales, dolphins, and porpoises, and five species of sea turtles, the Sea of Cortes is nature at its finest, and many of the best destinations along the Sea of Cortes are accessible only by small ship.

I had the pleasure of cruising the Sea of Cortes with my niece, Cheryl, and recommend these fantastic ports along Mexico’s Baha California Sur, plus the best activities in each.

UnCruise Adventures sponsored our voyage. All thoughts and opinions are my own.

Pro Tip: Is It the Sea of Cortez or the Sea of Cortes? Both spellings are correct. Cortez is the Spanish spelling, and Cortes is the English spelling.

1. Baja Agua Verde

The gentle sway of the sea at Baja Agua Verde is a welcome relief to the strong El Norte winds we encountered upon leaving La Paz. 

Located on the peninsula just south of Loreto, the waters of secluded Agua Verde Bay are a beautiful green and amazingly clear and clean. There are few tourists here as the 40-mile drive is rough and unsuitable for cars and the area is best visited by small ship. We anchored just offshore and enjoyed the following activities:

Skiff Tour Of Baja Agua Verde

A skiff took us to explore the rugged shore of the peninsula and is a  great way to see the best of this area. Thanks to the calm waters, we could get close to and sight the many marine birds perched on the rocks.

Wildlife Sighting: Blue-Footed Boobies

The most unusual birds we saw were the blue-footed boobies. These are aquatic birds native to the tropical and subtropical areas of the Pacific. Do you know why their feet are blue? Scientists believe the blue color results from the carotenoid pigments in their diet. During mating season, the males entice females with fancy footwork during a dance ritual.

Burro Ride

Have you ever enjoyed a burro ride along high cliffs overlooking the beautiful waters of the Sea of Cortes? Fellow cruisers, including my niece, raved about this experience with the Romero Family, who brought their burros over an 8-mile trek to provide this unique excursion. The Romeros are an authentic Mexican Ranchero Clan, rapidly disappearing as the younger generation moves away to seek educational and employment opportunities. The burro rides are an essential source of revenue for the clan and an activity unique to the area.

“Goat Walk”

The so-called goat walk up the cliff was the most strenuous of the activities at Baja Agua Verde, and it was perfect for folks like my niece. I asked her if there was a special meaning to the term “Goat Walk.” “No, I don’t think so,” she replied. “It was just a scramble up some rocks like a mountain goat would.” She loved it! The path they took meandered along some relatively narrow pathways along the mountain cliff.

Beach Walk

A beach walk and tasty refreshments at UnCruise Beach Stations topped off our afternoon at Baja Agua Verde before we reboarded the ship.

Pro Tip: Reminder that whenever and wherever you visit a beach, you should take nothing and leave nothing behind. 

2. Puerto Lopez Mateos, Magdalena Bay

We docked off Isla Carmen and traveled overland on Highway #1 across the peninsula to Puerto Lopez Mateos on the Pacific Side of Baja California Sur. The terrain is amazing: desolate with miles and miles of cacti. One friend observed, “This is just like the old Western movies!”

Wildlife Sighting: Gray Whales

After boarding a small boat, we set out to observe the gray whales in the lagoon of Magdalena Bay. This area is one of the three major Baja breeding and calving lagoons for gray whales and is recognized as one of the world’s best places to view them. The lagoon is ideal because of its warm, calm, nutrient-rich waters.

Excitement sparks in the air as we all watch for the first blowholes. Soon, a sighting — and close to our boats. 

What an absolute delight! Several mothers and calves were enjoying the warm waters of the bay. This is the closest I have ever been to gray whales and the first time I observed mothers and calves. We stayed for a good 45 minutes and witnessed these magnificent creatures throughout our time.

Pro Tip: The best time to view gray whales and calves here is mid-January to early March, when they begin their migration back to Alaska. Plan your trip accordingly.

3. Isla Carmen (Del Carmen Island)

Isla Carmen is the largest island in the Loreto National Marine Park, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. We anchored just off the island and enjoyed these activities:

Snorkeling

Prepare to be greeted by colorful fish! The waters are cold here — it’s not like snorkeling in Hawaii or the Caribbean. The good news is that hot chocolate was waiting for us on our return!

Note that UnCruise requires folks to be good swimmers and able to get back on the boat using a ladder to participate in snorkeling. There is always the option to enjoy the views from the lounge on the ship, too.

Pro Tip: Uncruise offered Snorkel 101 for folks new to snorkeling, those who had not snorkeled for several years, and those who needed more confidence in snorkeling. This is a great option to help you get comfortable with snorkeling.

Wildlife Sighting: Dolphins And Blue Whales

Later in the afternoon, we heard the announcement: “Dolphins spotted off the bow!”

We rushed from the lounge to the bow of the ship to see the dolphins. In the distance, we also saw the spouts of blue whales. One of the crew identified them. I asked how she knew they were blue whales and not gray whales. Her response: “Gray whales don’t come up here.”

Fun Facts: Blue whales are the largest mammals on earth — they can reach up to 100 feet in length and can weigh up to 180 tonnes. Blue whales are found regularly in the “Blue Triangle” off Del Carmen Island. They are found greater distances from shore than the gray whales.

4. Isla Coronado

We anchored in a remote cove off Isla Coronado, another one of the five islands in UNESCO World Heritage Site Loreto Bay Marine Park. Isla Coronado is inhabited by 16 species of reptiles, including snakes, lizards, and geckos, and is also known for its jackrabbits and mice.

Skiff Tour Of Isla Coronado

A skiff tour lets you get closer to Isla Coronado’s unique volcanic rock and shore formations, which are intricate and spell-binding.

Wildlife Sighting: Marine Birds And Nests

In addition to the impressive shoreline, during our skiff tour, we observed more blue-footed boobies, brown pelicans, and cormorants. We marveled at two huge cormorant nests along the rocks — one with a cormorant guarding it.

Native Vegetation, Fishermen’s Shrine, And Pearl Farm

Amazing also was the lone cacti trying to survive in the rocks. With less than one inch of rain annually, plants here have adapted to the harsh conditions to eke out a sustainable life.

As we rounded a bend, we came across a cross and shrine dedicated to the safety of the fishermen in the area. In another area, we got to see an abandoned pearl farm. 

Swim With Sea Lions

These clear turquoise waters are rich with life. One of the main attractions at Isla Coronado is the sea lions, frolicking in the waters and sunning on the rocks. If conditions are calm, folks can swim with the sea lions in one area.

Unfortunately, the winds had picked up, so we could not do this on our trip. (I always tell myself that I need to save some experiences for next time!) Flexibility is needed when small-boat cruising on the Sea of Cortes. Some experiences require good weather, and the captain always places safety first. So do be prepared for a change of plans.

Fun Fact: Loreto Bay Marine Park is also a Ramsar Site, meaning it’s internationally recognized for its wise use of waters and wetlands.

How To Get There

The Sea of Cortes lies between the Baja California Peninsula and the western coastline of Northern Mexico. Baja California Sur is the southern tip of the peninsula. We flew into San Jose del Cabo and met our UnCruise Expedition there.

Packing List

• Bring some flip-flops or water shoes for wet landings.
• I also recommend you bring a backpack to have your hands free when stepping into and out of the skiffs.
• To help preserve the delicate marine environment, I recommend reef-safe sunscreen.

More On Our Small Ship: The Safari Voyager

Our cruise was the Baja’s Bounty: Baja California’s Whales & Sealife Adventure. The Safari Voyager is a 66-passenger, 33-cabin small ship operated by UnCruise Adventures. Guest to crew ratio is 2:2.1. 

The ship has three decks. Deck 3 is the spacious lounge with 270-degree windows. The majority of the cabins are located on the second deck. All the cabins are outside, above the deck, and have lovely picture windows. The dining room is situated on the first deck. The vessel is decorated with beautiful handcrafted artwork in public areas and cabins.

Safari Voyager has an underwater camera and posts on Channel 2 in your cabin.

Three levels of activities are offered morning and afternoon: very active, active, and laid back. Between the two of us, my niece and I participated in all the activities.

Note that on this cruise, most landings are “wet landings,” meaning that you will step into shallow water to reach the beach. Additionally, there are no elevators on the ship.

Do plan a visit to Baja California Sur and the Sea of Cortes. Whether you enjoy sealife, birding, geography, or cruising, this is nature at its finest.

I spend a lot of time traveling around Scotland and I never tire of the incredible views, but sometimes it’s how you travel that’s important. For many reasons, train travel is a great way to travel around this rugged and beautiful country. Apart from the environmental benefits of train travel versus other modes of travel like cars and air travel, traveling by train creates a more relaxing journey and a brilliant way to see some of the scenery as you make your way from A to B.

Quiet coastlines, dramatic mountains and castles, and still and calm lochs all glide past your window as you sit back and breathe in these stunning landscapes. I’ve taken most of these train rides myself, though The Royal Scotsman is still on my must-do list! Here are eight scenic train rides with the most stunning views in Scotland.

1. Royal Scotsman

Various Routes Across Scotland

Between 2 And 7 Days

I’m starting with a train journey that’s as much about the train itself as it is about the scenery and the journey. Royal Scotsman train tours are operated by Belmond, who operate luxury train vacations around the world. This is much more than just a train ride — it’s a luxury hotel on rails. If you want to get a taste of traditional Scotland while riding through some breathtaking Scottish scenery, this is a great way to do it.

The Royal Scotsman’s 10 carriages feature double en-suite rooms, a regal-looking dining car, an observation car, and two spa rooms. All train tours on The Royal Scotsman depart from Edinburgh Waverley station and travel to various locations including Ben Nevis, Loch Lomond, and The Isle of Bute. Enjoy Scottish cuisine and taste a few whiskies while the countryside rolls by. You can choose from two all the way up to seven-day train journeys on this incredible luxury train.

2. The West Highland Line

Glasgow To Mallaig

5.5 Hours

I’m a lot more familiar with the east side of Scotland than I am with the west, but this train journey through the West Highlands shows that this side of the country has some truly stunning scenery and though very different to the east side, is equally beautiful. Often said to be one of the most visually incredible train journeys in the world, The West Highland Line begins at Glasgow and travels through Loch Lomond and The Trossachs National Park and on to Fort William.

It’s a beautiful ride, showing you parts of the landscape you can’t see in any other way. This unique perspective on the land and its features, like castles and coastlines, makes this a must for train lovers and anyone who loves a great view.

3. The Far North Line

Inverness To Dunrobin Castle

4 Hours

The Far North Line is Britain’s most rural railway, which won’t surprise anyone who knows the north of Scotland even a little. If you like your landscapes rugged, wild, and remote, this is the train ride for you. Beginning at Inverness, the journey takes you through peatland and Flow Country, which is a wetland blanket bog and an important environmental area. It’s incredible to see, but it’s not somewhere you’d go walking, so seeing it from the train is a real privilege. You can spot castles along the way and stop off for some whisky tasting at one of the distilleries in this area.

4. The Kyle Line

Inverness To Kyle Of Lochalsh

2.5 Hours

If you like views of rugged and majestic mountains, this train ride is perfect. The Kyle Line offers views of The Torridon Peaks and other imposing mountains that create a backdrop to the quiet lochs and the sleepy villages that dot the landscape. It’s a largely untouched area, and though you’ll pass beautiful sandy beaches on this coastline, you won’t see many people out on them.

It often feels like you’ve entered another world, and if you opt to take one of the steam trains that use this line, organized by one of the heritage train companies, you’ll really feel like you’ve stepped back in time. At the end of the line you reach the village of Kyle of Lochalsh, the gateway to The Isle of Skye, which you can travel onto from here.

5. Strathspey Steam Railway

Aviemore To Broomhill

1.5 Hours

The Strathspey Steam Railway is a short train ride, but it’s more of an event in itself than simply a train journey. For a start, you have the steam element. Traveling on a steam train has a certain kind of nostalgia about it and it’s a special way to enjoy the views in this part of the country. Sometimes you’re allowed up to the footplate at stops, which the train makes so travelers can enjoy the views and take photos.

Many people hop off at stops to explore a little, but it’s so nice on the train many opt to view from the viewing areas and windows. You’ll pass by the Cairngorm Mountains and the River Spey, and “Osprey Village,” an RSPB nature reserve where you can do a little bird spotting. Depending on when you travel, Sunday lunch and afternoon tea are served onboard the train.

6. ScotRail Commuter Line

Edinburgh To Inverness

4 Hours

Unlike the other train journeys on this list, this one is a commuter line, a train ride taken by ordinary people going about their daily lives rather than a train ride for leisure, but it’s still a strikingly beautiful journey. Beginning in Edinburgh, the line hugs the east coast, where you can sit back and enjoy the views of the sea and the small untouched beaches.

But before that, on leaving Edinburgh, passengers get to marvel at the beauty and the engineering of the red Forth Bridge, built in 1889. If you like bridges, this is a treat. From the pretty east coast stretch of the line, the train takes you through Perthshire and The Cairngorms National Park, with views of the parkland you can’t gain any other way. The line ends in Inverness, near Loch Ness, where you can explore the historic city and the loch.

7. The Borders Line

Edinburgh To Tweedbank

1 Hour

The highlands of Scotland are very impressive, there’s no doubt, but the borderlands also have their charms and don’t get as much love as they perhaps should. This train ride is a great way to explore this area of Scotland and a great introduction to the borderlands.

It’s a short train ride, but even before you’ve left Edinburgh you’ll get to view attractions like Arthur’s Seat, a grassy hill loved by hikers that covers an extinct volcano. From here you’ll travel through Midlothian and then the small villages, farmlands, lochs, and hills of the Borders. The line ends at Tweedbank. There’s a lot to explore in the village of Tweedbank, including Abbotsford House, the former home of Sir Walter Scott.

8. The Bo’ness And Kinneil Railway

Bo’ness Return Journey

1 Hour

This one is for railway lovers and is perfect for taking the grandkids to, but it’s equally fascinating for anyone with just a passing interest in the railways. The Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway journey is best taken as part of a wider railway-themed day out. The Museum of Scottish Railways is located at the beginning of this ride, and as you might expect for a rail enthusiasts attraction, you can take this journey by steam train.

The railway line goes through some beautiful scenery, but most people take this journey for the experience of the steam train. There are added attractions like a day with Thomas the Tank Engine for children, afternoon tea onboard, or a murder mystery train ride for adults.

Pro Tip

Always book your tickets in advance. Train journeys in the UK are fun, but can be expensive if you buy your tickets on the day of travel. Always check your train is running and on time before you travel. If a train is canceled or late you can waste time waiting at the station.

Related Reading:

• 6 Tips For Taking The Train From London To Amsterdam
• Europe Is Getting Some Fantastic New Sleeper Trains, Plus 11 Others Not To Miss
• 9 Essential Tips For Train Travel In Europe

Everyone wants to save money when they travel. We look for the best deals, times of year to travel, and low-cost experiences. But then there are times when we don’t mind spending a little extra to have a one-of-a-kind experience or make our trip extra special. 

1. MSC Yacht Club

Roberts’s first pick is the MSC Yacht Club. It comes with a host of amenities and perks that take your vacation to the next level. 

This ship-within-a-ship concept is available on many MSC Cruise ships. The Yacht Club is an exclusive area of the ship that has a large lounge, specialty restaurant, private pool deck with an alfresco restaurant, concierge service, and included drinks and WiFfi. You also get 24-hour butler and room service, as well as access to the thermal suite at the ship’s MSC Aurea Spa.

 “I have stayed in the MSC Yacht Club a couple of times, and this experience changes the game for cruisers. You might even be tempted to spend your whole cruise in the pampered embrace of the Yacht Club area of the ship. Of course, there is always some great entertainment and activities going on elsewhere on the ships, too! 

“Your butler greets you at the cruise terminal and escorts you to your cabin. Butlers also make specialty dining reservations and escort you to the restaurants and to your seat in the theater for shows. You also have access to Ocean House Beach (with a bar, restaurant, and cabanas) at the line’s private island in the Bahamas, Ocean Cay MSC Marine Reserve,” Roberts remarks.

Roberts says it’s a splurge, for sure. For example, a 3-night cruise on MSC Divina from Miami starts at $239 per person for an inside cabin with drinks and WiFi included. MSC Yacht Club for the same cruise starts at $999 per person. 

2. A More Spacious Cabin 

Schretter says you may consider splurging for additional space on your cruise, particularly when traveling with kids. Cruise ships offer a wide variety of staterooms that will accommodate families, but Schretter suggests choosing your vacation home-away-from-home wisely. 

“Packing everyone into one of the smallest cabins with bunks and a single bathroom may not be the best vacation experience for families. Opting for more spacious family cabins, family suites, or connecting staterooms is a better bet. The additional space and privacy are worth the splurge,” Schretter says.

For a special treat, Schretter says to consider splurging for a suite if your budget allows. Cruise ship suites offer the luxury of space and come in all shapes and sizes. Upgrading to suites can also have additional perks, like exclusive access to certain specialty restaurants, lounges, private pools, and sun deck areas on some ships. Other extras, such as complimentary Wi-Fi, concierge services, upgraded amenities, complimentary drinks and snacks during special lounge happy hours, and priority embarkation and disembarkation may also be included.

3. Thermal Suite Access

The newer cruise ships feature increasingly elaborate and luxurious spas that offer a range of treatments. Roberts says the best part of these facilities are the spectacular thermal suites. These large spaces offer a range of amenities to enjoy, including

• thalassotherapy pools
• hot tubs
• cold plunge tubs
• steam rooms

and other tantalizing experiences like salt rooms, salt pools, charcoal saunas, infrared saunas, and even snow grottoes on some ships. 

“Cruisers can purchase day passes or pay for access to the thermal suite for the length of the voyage. I love to slip on my robe and slippers and spend a couple hours trying the treatments and settling into a comfy lounger while sipping an herbal tea and basking in the vistas of the ocean as the ship sails. Most feature large floor-to-ceiling windows and exclusive outer deck areas.” 

Thermal suite passes can range from around $50 to $70 a day to about $200 for an entire 7-day cruise, depending on the cruise line.

4. Your Ideal Stateroom Location

Schretter says another thing to consider is choosing your own cabin instead of opting for the cruise line’s less expensive “guarantee” stateroom. 

“This splurge is worth it if you care about controlling your room type and location. Staterooms with unobstructed balconies provide beautiful views and a more private place to relax. That’s important to me, but others might not care as much. It’s particularly worthwhile to splurge for a great balcony stateroom when sailing in places like Alaska or Norway, where the views are spectacular,” Schretter explains. 

Choosing your own cruise cabin can also allow you to avoid certain locations that can be less desirable, such as staterooms above or below nightclubs and theaters or close to elevators. Study your ship’s deck plans in detail before you book.

Pro Tip: A good cruise travel agent can also provide valuable assistance. 

5. Specialty Dining 

If you’ve ever wondered whether the specialty dining is worth the extra cost, Schretter says do it! 

“Today’s finest shipboard specialty restaurants can match those on land, and I’ve had a few of the best meals of my life on cruise ships. Guests can choose from a diverse array of eateries, including award-winning steakhouses, superb seafood restaurants, and top-notch dining venues featuring Italian, Asian, and French cuisines. Some cruise lines have partnered with renowned chefs from Michelin-starred restaurants and celebrity culinary geniuses to create world-class restaurants at sea. A number of ships offer intimate multi-course Chef’s Table dining experiences as well,” Schretter says.

Pro Tip: Schretter recommends making specialty dining reservations as far in advance as possible for the best restaurant availability and reservation times, as the most sought-after venues and dining times can fill up quickly. In addition, notify your cruise line in advance if you have food allergies or special dietary restrictions. 

6. Shore Excursions

Shore excursions offer cruisers once-in-a-lifetime moments. Schretter says these experiences have been some of the best parts of her cruises.

“They’ve given me unforgettable memories that I’ll treasure forever. Some of these include dogsledding on a glacier and watching bears catching salmon in Alaska, mind-blowingly scenic helicopter flights in Hawaii, customized private tours in Rome and along Italy’s Amalfi Coast, and an exceptional post-cruise tour of Angkor Wat in Cambodia,“ Schretter shares. 

Consider what’s important to you and research the full range of options available. Extraordinary experiences like these are well worth the splurge, and they can easily be the highlight of your vacation. Book your shore excursions as early as possible, as popular options can sell out rapidly.

“Go Now. There's never going to be a better time. Just go.” – Deborah D.

Solo Traveler Snapshot

• Name: Deborah D.
• Age: 63
• Location: Oakland, California
• Marital Status: Single
• Favorite Solo Trip: Airstreaming Across America

Deborah’s passion for traveling solo started in her younger years and has taken her to some of the most incredible places on earth. She now travels with her two best friends across America in her Airstream trailer.

Solo Traveler Inspiration

TravelAwaits: What inspired you to travel solo?

Deborah: I’ve been solo traveling most of my life, starting with hiking and camping in the wilds of Upstate New York where I grew up. After college, my more extensive trips were usually centered around my travel photography which took me on solo adventures to remote wilderness areas in Yosemite, Peru, New Zealand, Alaska, Costa Rica, and Africa.

First Solo Trip

TravelAwaits: What was your first solo trip?

Deborah: My first big international solo trip was to southern Africa in 1995. I had a 6-week paid sabbatical from Apple Computer and wanted to do something grand. I couldn’t find a friend to go with me, so I planned 3 weeks solo backpacking and 2 weeks on a group Earthwatch expedition tracking black rhinos.

I had never been to Africa. 

Back then, I was brave, packed my bags, and got on the plane. It was pre-Internet days, of course. I remember getting off the plane after 24 hours of traveling, and I was tired and desperately needed a shower. I was standing in the airport terminal in Harare, Zimbabwe, and looking around. I thought, what am I going to do now? I knew no one. I had no hotel reservations and needed to figure out how to get downtown. I had just thrown myself full-force way outside my comfort zone, which is when I became a savvy solo world traveler.

My experience tracking black rhinos in Zimbabwe had a profound effect on me. That trip changed my life in so many ways:

• When I returned from Africa, I started my own travel photography business called Black Rhino Photography.
• A few months later, I started my own freelance web design business called Black Rhino Design.
• I had my first travel photography exhibit and sold 10 prints.
• I had two travel stories with my photographs published in my local newspaper and went on to sell many more.
• Several years later, I led a small group of women back to Africa. We rented a 4-by-4 and drove through Namibia and Botswana.

Favorite Aspect Of Solo Travel

TravelAwaits: What is your favorite part of traveling solo?

Deborah: My favorite part of solo traveling is meeting local people and hearing their stories. 

For instance, when I was in Zimbabwe, I rode the train, and one day I was in a sitting compartment with local native Zimbabwe women and a man who happened to be from the African National Congress.

He was fascinating to listen to. I had no idea of the politics there at the time or how the U.S. sent aid, such as tractors which eventually broke and could not be used because they had no parts to fix them. He gave me a different perspective than anything you’d ever read in the news. I loved hearing the stories.

Favorite Solo Trip

TravelAwaits: What is your favorite solo trip so far and why?

Deborah: My favorite solo trip was my 2021 6-month, cross-country tour of the U.S. in my Airstream with my two small dogs. I started in May in an Airstream I had just bought in February. I had never towed anything before, and I had never been RVing.

I started my trip in northern California and zig-zagged my way through Yellowstone to the Grand Tetons, Wyoming, Iowa, and Illinois, where I stopped to see friends. Then I drove and camped through Wisconsin, Michigan, and over to the East Coast ending in Maine. Then I turned around and took a different route back home. I started my blog at travelswithwally.com to record my adventures and photography.

Biggest Solo Travel Concern 

TravelAwaits: What was your biggest concern before your first solo trip and how did you overcome it?

Deborah: When I was in Africa, one of my biggest concerns was logistics with my stuff. Where do I leave my backpack and expensive camera gear when I go to the loo or buy a train ticket or river raft down the Zambezi? 

It turned out, though, that I was feeling loneliness, which I hadn’t expected to feel. When I saw my first herd of wild giraffes bounding across the savannah, I was just in awe. And then, at the same time, I wished I had someone there to share that experience with!

Overcoming the loneliness was figuring out how to tell my own stories about my trips, and when I got home, sharing my photography became a big part of that mission.

Group Or Independent Travel

TravelAwaits: Do you travel with a group or independently and why?

Deborah: I love to travel mostly independently because I am just wired to be the wayfinder and a trip leader myself. When I joined groups, it was things like the Earthwatch expedition where I got access to hiking through the wilds of Africa with armed national park guards that no one else could do then. I’ve also joined group photography tours to get expert instruction and camaraderie with fellow photographers. I love to learn so that I could join a cooking class in Italy or Spain, or a group tour in remote places like Patagonia or the Galapagos.

Favorite Travel Product

TravelAwaits: What is one product you cannot live without on your trips?

Deborah: My camera, even if it’s just my iPhone, which takes excellent photos.

I Wish I Would Have Joined A Group For This Trip…

TravelAwaits: Is there a solo location/destination that would have been better in a group and why?

Deborah: If I were returning to Africa again, I would undoubtedly take a group trip to see the Mountain Gorillas in Rwanda. And in the Okavango Delta, I might also make a group trip back there. Some remote places or access to endangered animals are best done with a group.

Best Advice For Solo Travelers

TravelAwaits: What advice would you give someone who is considering solo travel?

Deborah: ​​It’s not as scary as it seems when you finally do it. And for sure, stop listening to everyone else’s fears because they probably have never even gone anywhere! I tell everyone the same thing who asks me about my travels, especially my Airstream trip. I tell them, “Go now. There’s never going to be a better time. Just go.”

You can follow more of Deborah’s adventures on Instagram, Facebook, and her website.

For more solo traveler journals like this, check out:

• Why This Camping Adventure Was My Favorite Solo Trip
• 7 Amazing Solo Traveler Stories From 2022 To Inspire Your Future Travels
• What I Love About Solo Travel — Most Of The Time

Cruises have become big business over the last few decades, with ever-larger ships and cruise lines introducing novel ways to fill them. Offering the very best in entertainment, dining, and onboard activities, along with cool shore excursions, cruise lines now also offer “themed” charters catering to special interest groups… or in other words, like-minded people.

Beyond the traditional “families with kids and seniors” or “adults only” groups, themed cruises vary on almost any topic you can think of. From music-centered voyages (think hard rock or disco to country music and jazz) and wine lovers’ getaways to Star Trek enthusiasts, Disney die-hards, cat lovers, and Broadway fans — the list is endless. Therefore, not surprisingly, given the increasing recognition of the benefits and popularity of nude vacations, you can hit the high seas au naturel on a charter nude cruise.

My wife and I were recently invited to join the Bare Necessities 14-day “Big Nude Boat” cruise around the Caribbean. Whilst we had sailed naked before, this was our first experience of joining 1,600 like-minded naturists aboard a large passenger ship — in this case the Carnival Pride. We sailed from Tampa — stopping off at various Caribbean islands and private cruise line islands — and enjoyed a wide variety of activities on board. We met wonderful people, visited a couple of UNESCO World Heritage sites, relaxed on the most idyllic beaches in the world, and returned home totally relaxed and without tan lines.

Here are a few things to know before you take the plunge and book your nude cruise.

1. Confirm What Type Of Cruise You Are Booking

This is essential. Do not confuse a “nude” or “naturist” cruise with a “lifestyle” cruise. Naturist/nudist cruises allow you to be on the ship without clothes (except in restaurants where clothing is appropriate) and are for people who appreciate the freedom of not having to wear clothes. “Lifestyle” cruises are more likely to be for swingers and “clothing optional” cruises are usually not naturist/nudist-oriented but cater more to adults seeking a more erotic experience. Words matter, so read the cruise description carefully to not be surprised or offended.

2. Bring Clothes

Although you are likely to be naked most of the time, there are times when you need to cover up. Generally, nudity is not allowed in sit-down restaurants. When docked in port, you must be dressed as others may be able to see you. The same applies when a pilot is on board to help guide the ship in or out of the port. The intention is not to offend, so pay attention to announcements made over the ship’s PA system. A wrap or sarong are ideal for this. Appropriate deck shoes are also required.

3. Bring More Clothes

Yes, really! Many of these cruises involve theme nights where naturists like to dress up in costumes. My limit was to use a bedsheet and pretend to wear a toga, but others brought a suitcase full of gear for every occasion. Who knew naturists liked to dress up? Remember that shore excursions also require appropriate clothing.

4. Protect Yourself

Nude cruises don’t typically sail to Alaska — for obvious reasons. It’s going to be hot and there are likely parts of your body that will not have seen so much sun. Protect them. The first two items on your packing list should be a wide-brimmed hat and sunscreen — lots of it. Sunscreen can be very expensive to buy on board, so pack more than you think you will need.

5. No Need To Pack Towels

Although naturist etiquette demands you always sit on a towel when nude, there is no need to bring your own. Cruise lines have plenty and frequently will have them located all over the ship for you to pick up.

6. It’s Ok To Take Photographs (Sort Of)

You’re on vacation and it’s natural you would want to take some snaps to capture the moment. Taking photos of your fellow nude passengers is only ever ok if you have their explicit permission and even then, be careful not to capture fellow travelers in your picture. It is never ok just to snap away, and you will likely lose your camera if you do. If others happen to be in your line of sight, a simple word to them usually puts their mind at rest. There are “No Photo” zones on the ship (the pool and nightclub are examples) where photography is verboten.

7. Leave The Lingerie At Home

Being nude on board is fine — that’s why you are there. Wearing lingerie around the ship (at any time) is not appropriate for a naturist cruise.

8. Nudity Is Not Mandatory

Naturists love being naked but they’re not stupid. If it’s cold, they put on clothes. Some areas of the ship (theaters for example) are often over-cooled with the air conditioning running full blast, so it makes sense to throw on some clothes. Since you lose most of your body heat through your top half, you’ll find people donning a shirt whilst maintaining the freedom down low.

Not everyone on board will be an experienced nudist. It may take a while for some people to become comfortable being completely nude around others; no one will tell you to get naked.

9. Respect The Crew

The crew respects our choice to be nude even if some of them may feel a little uncomfortable. Chatting naked to staff is fine but do not behave like an exhibitionist and make others uncomfortable.

10. Bring Cash

There is no need for cash while on board — all purchases are done quickly by swiping your room key card. Charges appear on your final bill and are posted directly to your credit card on file. However, when visiting local businesses on shore excursions (including local taxi drivers) cash is a must as many businesses do not accept credit cards. Tipping the cabin and restaurant staff is also most easily done with cash and U.S. dollars are much appreciated.

11. Be Prepared To Get Involved

In addition to the usual cruise line entertainment activities (endless bingo, trivia quizzes, comedy shows, etc.) Bare Necessities added many other activities — often hosted by fellow naturist guests. We made jewelry, tried ballroom dancing, learned about the night sky overhead, and worked on our pickleball skills. I photographed a number of models during a photography workshop, and I conveniently went missing when called to aquarobics.

12. Don’t Be Anonymous

I have a good memory — it’s just that the older I get the shorter it becomes and the fewer names I can recall. Some people wear a neat necklace with their name made of Scrabble-like blocks on it. A perfect accessory to help people remember you saves a lot of embarrassing head scratching later.

13. Check If You Can Bring Drinks On Board

This applies to any cruise and if ever there was a time to create an excel spreadsheet, this is it. Figure out if a drinks package is worth it. You may balk at paying $12 for a glass of wine at dinner, but do the math and you may find it is way cheaper to pay per drink than to establish a second mortgage to quench your thirst. Some cruise lines allow you to bring some drinks on board: Carnival allowed us to bring some bottled water, wine, and sodas on board but amounts vary so do check beforehand.

If you enjoy cruising and want to experience the ultimate in freedom and relaxation with like-minded, non-judgmental people who accept others how they are, then it’s time to book that nude cruise and free your mind and body.

Looking for an affordable getaway to Europe? Europe is often considered fairly expensive for travel, but with some thought and planning, you’ll find there are many affordable destinations across the continent that can make for a perfect budget vacation.

From beaches and mountains to historical places that date back thousands of years, Europe offers destinations for all interests and tastes. Sadly, many of these places will stretch your budget to the max. So, if you are looking for the cheapest European countries to visit, you’ll need to think outside the box and head to lesser-known, but no less lovely, spots.

Here are 5 of my suggestions for the most affordable countries to visit in Europe — perfect for travelers who are looking for culture, history, and natural beauty, but without costing a small fortune or requiring a second mortgage!

1. Hungary

Hungary is one of the most expensive countries to visit in Eastern Europe, but still one of the cheapest to visit in Europe as a whole. Here, you’ll find a rich history yet also a cosmopolitan country with a thriving food scene that you won’t want to miss.

Hungary’s capital, Budapest, is a delightful combination of two historical cities, lying opposite one another over the Danube River. Buda has its historical Buda Castle, and Pest’s side is flanked by the imposing Parliament building, busy streets, and numerous other buildings that retain their centuries-old architectural heritage. The city is home to a long list of free attractions, including walking on the Chain Bridge across the Danube and exploring the Castle Hill area.

While some of the attractions in the castle area aren’t free to visit, they’re still very affordable. The neo-Gothic Great Market Hall, Budapest’s oldest indoor market, is a great place to search for budget souvenirs and cheap snacks, including many traditional Hungarian foods — the country’s favorite fast food is lángos, a sort of deep-fried pizza topped with cheese, tomato sauce, or sour cream. GuruWalk offers numerous free walking tours of Budapest to help you discover all the city’s hidden treasures.

Outside Of Budapest

Outside of the capital, things are even cheaper. The countryside is charming, with even older traditions, not to mention the locals’ passion for winemaking and tasting! Visitors to the lake resort town of Tihany and those heading to Bükk Mountains for outdoor adventure will find low prices year round.

Pro Tip: In June, Budapest city sponsors a “Night of the Museums,” where you can visit many of the city’s landmarks for free.

2. Portugal

An abundance of natural beauty makes Portugal a favorite European holiday destination. Unfortunately, most visitors don’t venture much beyond the golden Algarve beaches. But if you travel a little deeper and leave the crowds behind, you’ll discover so much more, while making your holiday budget go much further.

Top Portuguese cities like Lisbon and Porto are on most travel bucket lists. Budget travelers should add cities like Algarve and Cascais into the mix. These cities are the perfect spot to enjoy the sun, and you can spend your days immersing yourself in Portuguese culture and food without breaking the bank. You can find affordable lodging and inexpensive food in the many white-washed villages and towns throughout Portugal, and cosmopolitan cities such as Lisbon, Porto, and Funchal can be just as budget-friendly thanks to a wide range of accommodation and dining options.

Portugal’s Free Attractions

Some of Portugal’s most interesting destinations are free to explore. These include the ancient town of Evora, a World Heritage site, and the 12th-century Templar Castle and Convent of Christ in the town of Tomar. Keep an eye out for free museums such as the Museu Coleção Berardo in Lisbon or free walking tours like this one in Faro, Algarve. The Faro District in the south is a popular destination for its golden sands, cliffs, and lighthouses, while visitors can head to the archipelago of Madeira for its rugged volcanic hiking trails, beautiful harbor, and great scuba diving. This affordable European destination offers the perfect blend of adventure, relaxation, and culture

Pro Tip: The biggest expenses of a trip to Portugal are food and accommodation, though visiting outside of peak season (June to August) will reduce these costs considerably. Prices drop even more between November and February, though temperatures still remain around 64 degrees Fahrenheit.

3. Slovenia

Slovenia is perfect as a destination for affordable travel, and this is one of the cheapest countries to visit in Europe.

Ljubljana

Ljubljana, the capital, is one of the cheapest and most underrated cities in Europe, and one of its most overlooked capital cities. It’s beautiful and packed full of history, and best of all, the relative lack of tourists means prices for attractions and historic sites are surprisingly low.

Ljubljana also has a reputation for being a green and pedestrian-friendly city — the Old Town, home to Ljubljana Castle, Ljubljana Cathedral, and Triple Bridge (Tromostovje), has been car-free since 2008. In addition to its green and cultural initiatives, the city is a popular destination for well-priced restaurants and cafés, and during the summer months, many set up along the Ljubljana River, making for a lively alfresco scene.

Most visitors come to Slovenia for its Adriatic shoreline. Koper Beach, nearby Mestna Beach, Moon Bay, and the famous seaside resort of Portoroz are all very affordable in late spring when temperatures are already summery, but the tourists haven’t arrived yet. Away from the coast, Lake Bled is perhaps the best-known destination and one of the most stunning sights in the country. Other budget destinations include the medieval town of Piran; the fortified village of Štanjel; and Triglav National Park, where you can hike to the top of Mount Triglav.

Winter In Slovenia

Don’t miss Slovenia for a winter trip either. If you’re looking for some of the best ski resorts in Europe, the country is well worth considering. Beautiful resorts like Kranjska Gora boast prices significantly lower than their French and Austrian counterparts, and if you don’t already know how to ski, you can always sign up for some lessons at the local ski school.

4. Slovakia

Bratislava

One of the cheapest countries in Central Europe to visit, Slovakia has a lot to offer, not only in its major cities such as Bratislava but especially in its smaller towns. Tourists will find their holiday dollars get them quite a bit more here than in many other European destinations. Slovakia is home to numerous UNESCO World Heritage Sites, castles, memorials, and monuments — all free or very cheap to discover.

Slovakia’s capital, Bratislava, is the most expensive destination in the country — but even here, you can keep your trip cheap by taking advantage of the many free things the city has to offer. Bratislava is relatively small and can easily be explored on foot, and aside from its many galleries, spread throughout the city, Bratislava is also home to lots of street art and sculpture. Join a Free Original Bratislava Alternative Street Art Tour to experience the city to its fullest.

Outside Of Bratislava

Outside of the city, food and accommodation are even cheaper. Slovakia has some amazing countryside, with a lot of space to explore, particularly in the High Tatra mountains, the country’s tallest mountains and a massive national park with hundreds of miles of hiking trails. All national parks are free in Slovakia.

Pro Tip: Bratislava is only an hour by train from Vienna.

5. Montenegro

Once part of Yugoslavia, Montenegro is a very new country, having regained independence in 2006. This is also a country that many people wouldn’t be able to place on a map! Montenegro is an extremely affordable destination, but do be prepared to pay a little bit more for things like accommodation.

Having said that, Montenegro is only as expensive as you allow it to be. If you want a budget-friendly trip, you could probably do Montenegro on as little as $20 a day, and if you wanted to go all out and enjoy a luxury vacation you could spend $200. However, if you’re somewhere in the middle, then you’ll find that too.

Compared to other Mediterranean countries, Montenegro is easy to travel through without having to spend a lot. Most travelers visit the cities along the coast, like Budva, Herceg Novi, and Kotor, but there are tons of other spots to explore. Ada Bojana, a small island away from the pricey shoreline towns, is a prime destination for kitesurfing and a lovely summer destination with very affordable prices.

Outdoor Activities

Hike through some of Montenegro’s national parks and experience the hills and mountain views of this lovely country. The deeper into Montenegro you go, the more affordable it gets. Prices halve and hospitality doubles as soon as you venture away from the coast — so don’t skip the country’s green heart, where you’ll find rugged mountains, glacial lakes, and UNESCO walled towns. Crno Jezero, a mountain lake surrounded by deep green-bluish forest, is a stunning destination for hiking and swimming and is completely free to visit.

For cheap food, stick to the local hearty, meaty foods like burek, a thin flaky pastry stuffed with meat, cheese, spinach, or potato. This is one of the oldest Balkan dishes, dating back to the Ottoman Empire. Buregdzinica AS in the town of Tivat is known for some of the best bureks in Montenegro.

When traveling in Europe we’ve come to expect that cities like Paris, Berlin, and London won’t be cheap to visit, but there are a number of relatively budget-friendly countries you can and should add to your itinerary — just make sure to choose the right ones! But wherever you decide to go, and whatever you decide to do on your European vacation, I’ve no doubt you’ll make some great memories.

Rising costs and inflation putting a damper on your summer plans? There’s a way that you can still go on vacay without busting your budget. Enter RVing. Whether camping out in one spot or going on a road trip, RV travel can save you big bucks. Let’s compare the cost of air travel and a hotel to an RV vacation.

Flights Vs. Cost Of RV Rental

Flights aren’t cheap anymore, folks. According to the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS), the average domestic itinerary fare in Q3 of 2022 was $382.55. Add baggage fees — then multiply per person and costs can add up quickly. And that doesn’t even take into account transportation to and from the airport or parking fees.

Conversely, RV rentals from RVshare start as low as $50 a night for pull-behind travel trailers and $75 for drivable motorhomes. Of course, the cost of renting an RV can vary depending on the size and type of vehicle. However, even if you go with a more expensive option, you will be dividing the cost between the people in your party instead of multiplying.

Plus, you get all of the pros of traveling in an RV as opposed to flying. You don’t have to wait in line at TSA. Unlike a flight, your RV is unlikely to be canceled. There’s no chance of losing your bags. And if you have a pet, they can come along without having to jump through airline hoops.

If you take a road trip in an RV, the journey becomes the destination. Unlike air travel, you can stop wherever you want. An RV adventure gives you the opportunity to experience local eateries, roadside attractions, scenery, and landmarks along the way. Plus, the trip is likely to be much more memorable than a flight.

Transportation Vs. Gas

If you are staying at an RV in a campground or if you opt to have your RV delivered, gas prices may not even factor into the equation, but of course they will if an RV road trip is on your agenda. Figuring the cost is as easy as multiplying miles by the price of gas. For more info, see RVshare’s Ultimate Guide to RV Gas Mileage and tips on taking an affordable RV trip.

In contrast, flying to your vacation destination means you’ll need to arrange ground transport. According to a study by NerdWallet, the average cost of a rental car is about $500 per week. Rideshares are another option. Costs vary by city, time of day, and length of ride, but Uber and Lyft rides certainly aren’t getting any cheaper. Taxis and public transportation, alternatively, are not always available.

Hotel Stay Vs. Campsite

Looking at the price tag on any hotel or motel room stay versus a campsite at any campground and the campground is always going to be the more cost-effective option. Just like air travel, the cost of hotel accommodations varies widely depending on where you are staying, the time of year, and the length of stay. Statista estimates that the average hotel rate last year in the U.S. was about $145, but Hopper reports that hotel rates are now more than 50 percent higher than in January 2022.

Vacation rentals and hotels can be quite expensive, especially if you are traveling to a popular destination during peak season, even if it isn’t a luxury or high-end stay. On the other hand, RV vacations can offer a more budget-friendly travel option with accommodations at about $30 for a campsite per night. Campsites at popular destinations such as national parks fill up quickly, so be sure to book ASAP!

Eating Out Vs. Cooking

Not only can you skip shelling out big bucks on airport food, but RV travel allows you to save money on food expenses because you can buy groceries and prepare meals yourself instead of eating out at restaurants. Of course, if you have a hotel room with a kitchenette or a vacation rental, then cooking is still an option. There’s also something to be said for not having to grocery shop and do dishes while on vacation. But three meals a day per person gets pretty pricey pretty quickly!

More Considerations

Overall, while the cost of air travel and hotels can be high, an RV vacation can offer a more budget-friendly alternative. However, it’s important to consider your individual travel needs and preferences to determine which option is the best fit for you. Here are some more factors to consider in your cost comparison:

• How many people will you be traveling with?
• How many miles away is the destination from your home?
• Is RV delivery available?
• How long is the trip?

No matter where you’re traveling this summer, it’s best to book as soon as possible as prices continue to balloon. To get the best deals, book your RV getaway ASAP!

Related Reading:

1. The Genius Way To Save On Gas For Your Summer Camping Trip
2. 8 Essential Tips For First-Time RVers
3. What Is A Hush Trip And Why You Should Take One This Summer

Located just 50 miles off Florida’s coast, Bimini consists of two islands: North Bimini and South Bimini. Being the closest of the Bahamian islands to the U.S., it’s an ideal destination for a long weekend in lavish tropical surroundings. You can catch a 30-minute flight on a seaplane from Miami or a little longer one from Fort Lauderdale.

Bimini has only recently come onto the tourist radar, which means it’s less crowded and touristy than Nassau. What you can expect are glorious beaches, some serious game fishing, great food and accommodation, and plenty of history.

The best time to visit is between mid-November and late April. In the summer months, it can be very hot and humid. Note that American citizens don’t need a visa for stays of up to 90 days.

Things To Do In Bimini

1. Fountain Of Youth

Legend has it that Spanish explorer and seafarer Ponce de Leon was lured to the island by tales of the Fountain of Youth in the early 1500s. While he failed to find the magic fountain, the legend lives on. Today the locals refer to a well along the airport road of South Bimini as the Fountain of Youth. Carved out of limestone rock thousands of years ago, surrounded by tropical vegetation and a low, white picket fence, you may as well take a sip. The water is super clear. A signpost marks the well.

2. Bimini Road

According to Greek legend, the rich city of Atlantis sank into the ocean in one single day. This myth has inspired divers, explorers, and scientists forever on the hunt for the sunken legendary city. Since its discovery by divers in 1968 in North Bimini, Bimini Road’s origins are hotly disputed. It’s a rock formation 18 feet underwater consisting of a straight line of rectangular limestone blocks that runs for half a mile. This discovery led some to believe that the road to Atlantis had finally been found. Others could not find signs that the road was man-made and believe it’s a natural structure. Be that as it may, it’s a fabulous snorkeling experience to see this unique road and let your imagination run riot. You can visit on a boat trip.

3. Dolphin House Museum

For a one-of-a-kind experience on dry land, head to Alice Town in North Bimini and visit the Dolphin House Museum. It doesn’t house fish but is a unique and artistic structure that is the result of a private initiative by writer and retired school teacher Ashley Saunders. He got his fellow Bahamians to collect and donate materials from the island, some from shipwrecks, some from beaches, and even some from demolition sites. Saunders also contributed his own resources to build this colorful house/museum, which he opened to visitors in 1993. Every inch of the thick walls is covered in a mosaic made from shells, coins, glass, and every other imaginable material. You have to see it to believe it. Saunders does love dolphins, though.

4. SS Sapona

A Shipwreck With History

The partly submerged shipwreck of the SS Sapona sits in 15 feet of water a few miles off Bennetts Harbour in South Bimini. Commissioned by President Woodrow Wilson as a troop transporter, it is built of concrete because steel was in short supply at the time. As it was completed after WWI, it was sold for scrap to Carl Fisher, the Miami entrepreneur, and then saw lives as a casino, a supply ship, and, most famously, storage for contraband alcohol during Prohibition. Fisher reportedly intended to use it as a floating speakeasy as well. During a hurricane in 1926, it ran aground, with some structures still sticking out. The site is full of tropical fish, so it’s a paradise for snorkelers for several reasons. Scuba divers can even venture to the ocean floor and have a peek inside what’s left of the hull and see part of the inner workings.

Pro Tip: If you are into shipwrecks, check out the Gallant Lady, another hurricane victim on the rocks of North Bimini, too.

5. Bimini Beaches

The glorious, sandy beaches of Bimini are where you want to relax during part of your weekend. The best ones are along the western side of North Bimini. You are spoiled for choice, and which one you choose to get a tan on depends on what you want from a beach.

Radio Beach

If you crave utter luxury, head for Resorts World Beach Club near Alice Town. Cabanas, loungers with comfy cushions, and cold drinks await to pamper you. A much simpler option where you need to bring your own towels and maybe a picnic is to be found at Radio Beach, just off the Queen’s Highway.

Honeymoon Harbour Beach

Accessible by boat or jet ski only is the lovely Honeymoon Harbour Beach on small Gun Cay. A boat service will take you there for a small fee.

6. Bimini Wahoo Mayhem

The Bimini Wahoo Mayhem is the biggest and best-paying big game fishing tournament in the Bahamas. This amazing and exciting spectacle is staged at the Bimini Club annually in November, during peak Wahoo season in one of the best destinations for Wahoo in the world. Teams come from all around the Caribbean come to compete in this world-class event.

7. Nightlife In Bimini

If you want to end your days of fun and sun dancing and clubbing, you have come to the right place. Just head for the King’s Highway in Alice Town on North Bimini, and you’ll find one bar after the other.

8. Water Sports

If you want to do something more active than lazing in the sun on one of the great beaches, there are plenty of activities waiting for you on Bimini. Number one is probably water sports, from swimming with dolphins or even hammerhead sharks to easy snorkeling and serious scuba diving. Golfers will find the Windsor Downs on the private Car Cay island, which also features tennis courts. The choice is yours.

If you like hiking and enjoying nature up close and personal, take to the one-mile Bimini Nature Trail loop on South Bimini.

9. Bimini Craft Center

No holiday is complete without buying a few souvenirs to take home. On Bimini, you find some excellent crafts, from wood carvings to printed canvas, jewelry made from shells, and many objects crafted from straw. Not to be forgotten: the world-famous Bimini bread. Just stroll along the Bimini Craft Center on King’s Highway in Alice Town, and you are sure to find a little something.

Pro Tip: On land, you get around best on bicycles or golf carts.

Best Restaurants In Bimini

There are two Bimini signature dishes: fresh conch salad and sweet Bimini bread. The first is made from chopped raw conchs, tomatoes, red onions, green peppers, garlic, and lime juice. The second is made with coconut and honey.

Edith’s Pizza & Takeout

Fancy trying a lobster pizza? Then head to Edith’s Pizza & Takeout. You can also order chicken in the bag, accompanied by peas and/or rice. For a drink, opt for juices or the local Kalik beer — and definitely some rum.

Joe’s Conch Stand

For every kind of conch salad, cracked conch, and conch fritters, there is no better place than Joe’s Conch Stand in Bailey Town.

Nate’s

For the sweet Bimini Bread, head to Nate’s up the hill in Bailey’s Town, which the locals call Bonkers Hill. I wondered why, but nobody could tell me!

Best Hotels And Resorts In Bimini

Hilton at World Resorts Bimini

Probably the best known is the luxurious Hilton at World Resorts Bimini. You’ll find all the amenities, spacious rooms, white beaches, and great restaurants. They’ll also arrange trips for you.

Bimini Big Game Club Resort & Marina

Another option, which is notably more expensive, is the Bimini Big Game Club Resort & Marina.

Bimini Fun Facts

Ernest Hemingway wrote The Old Man and the Sea here (you can visit the house he often stayed in) and indulged in deep-sea fishing and rum drinking. Other well-known personalities who have left their mark are Jimmy Buffett and Martin Luther King Jr.

Dr. King spent some time in Bimini to prepare his Nobel Prize acceptance speech. Look up legendary game fisher and boat builder Ansil Saunders’s house in memory of his friend and best client MLK whom he took around the island. Talk to people about him for great stories.

If you want a real insight into island life, go to a bookshop and look for How To Be a True-True Bahamian. I got lucky and found a copy of this most hilarious tale of being a Bahamian. If you can’t find it, you may want to order it from Amazon before setting off. You’ll enjoy your trip twice as much.

Related Reading:

1. 9 Beachfront Bahamas Vacation Rentals You Can Actually Afford
2. 13 Best Things To Do In Bimini During A Day In Port
3. How To Spend A Fantastic Weekend In Nassau, Bahamas

A road trip through the section of the Colorado River Corridor known as the Tri States will take travelers not just through three states, but past rugged riverside terrain, scenic state parks, a historic highway, and numerous small and mid-sized desert towns as well.

The trip from just north of Interstate 40 to Interstate 10 can be done well in 4 or 5 days. I found many interesting spots worth a stay of anywhere from a few hours to a day or two along the way.

A portion of my trip was hosted by Lake Havasu City, but all my opinions are my own.

1. Bullhead City Community Park

Bullhead City, Arizona

Located along the Colorado River at the south end of Lake Mohave, Bullhead City is a hot spot for visitors looking for virtually any type of water sports. Fishing, swimming, boating, paddle boarding, water skiing, and personal watercraft are all popular on the cool waters of the Colorado.

Bullhead City’s Community Park, with its nearly a mile of riverfront beach, is a great place to gather to beat the intense heat that the town experiences in the late spring, summer, and early fall. Because of its mild winter climate, Bullhead City annually attracts thousands of snowbirds and tourists looking for refuge from the cold weather to the north. 

Pro Tip: Lake Mead National Recreation Area And Katherine Point

Bullhead City is also a convenient access point for the southern reaches of the massive Lake Mead National Recreation Area, which features the Katherine Landing full-service marina.

2. Laughlin Strip

Laughlin, Nevada

Just across the river from Bullhead City is Laughlin, a southeast-Nevada town that features eight casino resorts overlooking the Colorado River. The Laughlin Strip is a magnet for people looking for the gaming, fine dining, and varied entertainment that come with the casinos.

Laughlin is also the home of the 9-mile Colorado River Heritage Greenway Park and Trails, which offers access to beautiful and remote stretches of the Colorado River.

With its river vibe and relatively small population (about 8,000, along with Bullhead City’s 42,000 population), Laughlin is known as a more laid-back gaming alternative to the much larger city of Las Vegas to the north.

A stay of one or two nights in the Bullhead City/Laughlin area would allow visitors to enjoy the Colorado River and the casinos.

3. Big Bend Of The Colorado State Recreation Area

Laughlin, Nevada

After leaving Laughlin, I headed south on the Needles Highway on the Nevada side. Road trippers could also head south on Highway 95 on the Arizona side. I loved the Needles Highway because it passes by Nevada’s pretty Big Bend of the Colorado State Recreation Area.

The recreation area features about 2 miles of sandy shoreline and is known as a great stop for boating and fishing access as well as a place to see shore birds like mallards, coots, herons, and geese, as well as other birds like hawks, roadrunners, quail, hummingbirds, doves, and owls.

A stop of a few hours would allow for a picnic and a hike on the park’s 4 miles of trails. Or visitors could opt to camp for a night or two in the 24-unit campground that is accessible year-round.

4. El Garces Harvey House Hotel & Depot

Needles, California

Needles Highway, the Colorado River, historic Route 66, and Interstate 40 all come together in the little desert town of Needles, California. Anchoring Needles’ vintage downtown is the El Garces, a grand historic railroad hotel that was built in the early 1900s in a style suggesting a Greek temple.

Originally, the hotel was managed by the Fred Harvey Company, known as “the civilizer of the West.” Throughout the first half of the 20^th century, the El Garces was a luxurious stop along the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad. The Harvey House closed in 1949, and the building has been used off and on for offices since then. “Though still renovating the facility, the city plans to reopen it as a ‘Harvey House Hotel, including a Route 66 museum and shops,’” says the National Park Service website.

Today, the El Garces is a worthy stop on a road trip through Needles for a chance to walk the hotel’s massive grounds and take in the classic architecture, palm trees, and Route 66 atmosphere. A stop of several hours would allow for exploration of Needles and lunch at one of the town’s restaurants like the River Front Café or the Wagon Wheel Restaurant.

5. Wild Burros Of Oatman

Oatman, Arizona

Although Oatman is not located along the Colorado River, it is close enough to make for a quick detour. I recommend having lunch at the lively riverside Topock66 restaurant — located just off Interstate 40 and offering sweeping views of the Colorado River — and then heading north on the scenic Oatman Highway 10 to Oatman, before doubling back toward Interstate 40 to continue on to Lake Havasu City.

Oatman has a number of claims to fame, but the wild burros tend to steal the show. Burros reportedly first came to Oatman with the town’s early gold prospectors and were later released into the surrounding hills when mining operations declined. Today, burros (donkeys) freely walk the streets of Oatman, stopping traffic and delighting tourists.

Oatman is also worth a visit for its rich mining history, its place on historic Route 66, and its entertaining Old West scene. Quirky shops, restaurants, and museums line the streets.

6. London Bridge

Lake Havasu City, Arizona

By continuing onto Interstate 40 for about 22 miles and then south onto Highway 95, travelers will get to Lake Havasu City, Arizona — a Colorado River town known for being the home of the 1800s-era London Bridge, which was purchased from the city of London by an enterprising Lake Havasu City developer in the 1960s and moved to the Arizona desert.

Today’s re-created London Bridge offers a picturesque setting full of restaurants with river views, sunset cruises, and the town’s scenic Shoreline Trail. In a nod to the London Bridge and its Colorado River setting, Lake Havasu features a unique mix of British culture, Arizona desert energy, and island influences.

A stay of two or three days would allow visitors to experience the Bridgewater Channel area, take a river cruise tour, rent a boat or personal watercraft, and check out the four spectacular Arizona State Parks in the region.

7. Lake Havasu Lighthouses

Lake Havasu City, Arizona

While in Lake Havasu City, visitors should make a point of seeking out the cool network of replica lighthouses that are sprinkled all over the community. There are 28 lighthouses in all, and they are dispersed along Lake Havasu’s miles of shoreline.

The lighthouses were built as replicas of famous lighthouses along the East Coast, West Coast, and Great Lakes of the U.S. Several are located along the Shoreline Trail, while others are visible along the lake shores or accessible by hiking or by boat.

8. Buckskin Mountain State Park

Parker, Arizona

Driving the spectacular 18-mile Parker Strip is one of the pleasures of a Colorado River road trip, and along the way, visitors should be sure to get to one or all of the Arizona State Parks that are located between Lake Havasu City and Parker.

I recommend a stop at the beautiful Buckskin Mountain State Park, a spot that is known to offer some of the best views along the Strip. With mountains lining both sides of the river, the state park offers a range of hiking and waterfront camping opportunities, as well as the water sports that are available all along the corridor.

Pro Tip: Other scenic Arizona State Parks in the area include the Cattail Cove State Park, the River Island State Park, and the Lake Havasu State Park.

9. Blythe Intaglios

Blythe, California

After Parker, road trippers could choose to continue southwest for another hour or so to the Interstate 10 town of Blythe, California, via California Highway 95. There, visitors will find a desert town of about 18,000 people with a range of services and attractions.

Among the not-to-be-missed spots is the Blythe Intaglios site, described as giant figures engraved into the rocky ground, located 15 miles north of Blythe on Highway 95. “They’re one of the few unsolved mysteries of modern archaeology — pieces of history preserved in the desert on a mesa of the Big Maria Mountains north of Blythe,” says the Blythe Chamber of Commerce and Visitor Center website.

The 165-foot-long figures, now protected behind chain-link fences, show a man that is believed to be a giant hunter, likely engraved by native people thousands of years ago. The figures can be accessed by a graded dirt road but are said to be best seen by air.

Blythe is also known for its numerous boating and fishing opportunities on the Colorado River, as well as the Palo Verde Valley Historical Museum. A stay of a day would allow visitors to explore the Intaglios site and the river scene.

When To Visit The Colorado River Corridor

Late fall, winter, and early spring are the best times to visit the Colorado River Corridor. Lake Havasu City posts high temperatures in the 60-and-70-degrees Fahrenheit range in the winter, and in the 80s and 90s in the spring and fall. Summers are hot, with average highs above 100 degrees in June, July, August, and September. Other Colorado River communities have similar climates, with a few minor variations.

While getting sick or injured is not on your cruise itinerary, it does happen. But you might not know what the cruise medical clinic is capable of handling. It’s important to be prepared and be aware. The medical staff on board is trained to handle non-emergency and emergency care. Our veteran cruise expert, Buck Banks, breaks down what you should know if you do get sick or injured during your cruise.

1. Emergency Care

Commonly treated emergency injuries or conditions include cardiac arrest, broken bones, sprains, head injuries, and dehydration.

Medical Equipment

In general, most cruise ships have a healthcare facility with several beds to treat emergency cases. They are equipped, like most emergency rooms, with X-ray machines, defibrillators, and ultrasound machines.

Most cruise ships are equipped with telemedicine facilities that allow the shipboard medical staff to consult with shoreside doctors on appropriate treatments.

Medevac

In emergencies, the staff’s goal is to provide initial care and stabilize the patient in order to facilitate moving them. Typically, if possible, it is preferred to transfer an ill or injured guest off the ship at a port of call with appropriate medical facilities.

Banks indicates that in some cases that is not possible and guests are medevaced via water ambulance or helicopter. Generally, if you are sick or injured enough to be evacuated from the ship, it is unlikely that you will rejoin it. In terms of returning home, that is usually accomplished with an air ambulance.

2. Non-Emergency Care

Banks says they can also treat a variety of non-emergency conditions. He received treatment for a sinus infection on a Princess ship once and was given antibiotics and some interesting nasal treatments that were common in the UK, but he had never seen them before.

On another occasion, he was accompanying a media group when a journalist who was allergic to shellfish was accidentally exposed during a meal at the buffet. He accompanied her to the infirmary where they administered medications specific to her condition and she was able to avoid serious symptoms.

3. Prescription Medications

It can happen to any of us: We forget our medications at home. Thankfully, the doctors on board can help.

Pharmacy On Board 

The ship’s medical staff can prescribe medicine. There is a pharmacy that can fill prescription orders as well as offer common over-the-counter cold and flu meds. They have common generic prescription medications for short-term use.

Pharmacies On Shore

Guest services and the medical staff can help facilitate filling your full prescription at a port of call. If you have a chronic illness like diabetes and use insulin, ask your doctor to write you a prescription before your cruise in case you forget your insulin at home.

Pro Tip: Keep a list of medications, supplements, your medical insurance, and travelers’ insurance with you. You can also take pictures of the items and keep them on your phone to show the medical staff.

4. What Can’t Be Treated On Board

Most ship infirmaries are not set up to treat chronic illnesses such as kidney disease. However, there are special cruises designed for people with chronic kidney conditions where dialysis machines are brought on board to accommodate regular treatments.

Pro Tip: Dialysis at Sea is a service that works with Royal Caribbean and Celebrity Cruise lines to offer dialysis during your cruise.

5. Most Common Onboard Injury

The most common type of injury on a cruise ship is a slip and fall due to the wet decks and stairs. Banks suggests always using handrails on stairs and watching for signs indicating steps, uneven decks, or a spill indoors or a wet deck outdoors. Always be aware that you’re on a moving vehicle at sea. Although you’re on vacation, pay attention and take it easy.

6. Medical Staff Qualifications

Medical staff, both doctors and nurses, are usually trained, accredited, and licensed in emergency care. Banks says the licenses will vary, according to where the staff hails from, but on most ships operating out of U.S. ports, it’s a U.S. accreditation. According to Carnival Cruise Lines, a typical medical team consists of two doctors and two to four nurses.

7. Cost

Typically, you will be charged to be seen by the cruise medical staff. The cost is typically billed to your room and varies depending on if you go to the clinic during regular hours, after hours, or if the doctor visits your room. Check your health insurance before your trip to see what is covered and what is not.

8. Travel Insurance

Banks always recommends picking up travel insurance, especially if you will be cruising abroad. He suggests checking to make sure it covers transportation (both on land and by air), emergency room and hospitalization, as well as medications and accommodations for those traveling with you.

For more cruise information, check out these articles:

• 5 Reasons I Loved This Small Ship Cruise Along Ecuador’s Coastline
• 8 Reasons You Should Consider Taking Back-To-Back Cruises
• 7 Things I Learned On My First Caribbean Cruise, And Still Follow Almost 30 Years Later

Cruising is a great way to see several countries in one trip without moving hotel rooms. You unpack once and you’re ready to enjoy. However, seasoned cruisers always know a few tips and tricks to make their vacation go from good to great. We asked our experts to share things they do for every cruise.

1. The First Hours Onboard Are Key 

As soon as you unpack, take time to get to know the ship. You will definitely rack up steps for the day. However, it’s important to locate the attractions, activities, lounges, and restaurants that your ship offers. 

“I can’t count how many times I’ve seen cruisers dead-ended in a corridor, heads swiveling around looking for their venue and throwing up their arms with a conversation that goes something like this: ‘I told you we were on the wrong end of the ship!’” Roberts explains.

Deck Walk Through

You can avoid this scenario by spending some time taking a good look at the deck plan, orienting yourself to starboard and portside, and on which side your cabin is located. Roberts also suggests enjoying a nice deck-by-deck walkthrough of the ship to become familiar with the public spaces. 

Join Facebook Group And Download Cruise Line App

Schretter suggests joining private Facebook groups for the cruise line to see what other travelers have experienced, recommended, and even things to avoid. She also recommends downloading the cruise line app before your trip to become familiar with it. The apps can be your lifeline once onboard and you don’t want to spend half your cruise trying to figure out how it works.

Pro Tip: Schretter also recommends making restaurant reservations, and in some cases, show reservations as early as possible to avoid missing a sought-after experience. 

2. Research Ports Of Call 

A cruise is usually chosen by your interest in the ports. Schretter often researches the port cities to see what interests her before she sets sail. This helps her decide what she wants to do at each port if she wants to pay for an excursion or explore on her own. 

3. Book Spa Treatments Early

If you like that extra touch of relaxation, make sure to book your spa treatments early. Whelan says to make your appointments on embarkation day. This will allow you the first choice of your favorite experiences.

Pro Tip: Princess Cruise’s Lotus spas recommend booking on embarkation day for specials as well as twilight deals.

4. Book Excursions Online ASAP 

Ship excursions are an excellent way to explore each port, but like with other popular things on the ship, they will book up fast. You don’t want to miss the best stops because you waited too long.

Roberts says, if you also book activities through the cruise line’s shore excursion program, make sure to go online to reserve your spot as soon as you have your cruise booking and the excursions are open for sale. 

Roberts says to research and check reviews if you plan to do excursions independently with companies not associated with your cruise line. Then, book your activities, keep them handy, and bring along all the emails and other documentation of your payment and reservation.

Pro Tip: Cruise lines do not have to wait for you if you are late from a non-ship excursion. Make sure your watch is set to the time on the ship and give yourself plenty of time to get back to the ship. Also, some of the most popular activities — like visiting the baths at Virgin Gorda when you cruise to Tortola — can sell out quickly. 

5. Arrive At Least A Day In Advance

With all of the issues with airlines lately, this probably seems like a no-brainer, but it’s important to note. All three of these TravelAwaits experts agree it’s always a best practice to get to your cruise port city at least a day ahead of your cruise departure date. 

Roberts says you can use the extra day in Miami, for example, and explore the city, relax in a comfy hotel for the night, and wake up knowing you’re going to make it to your ship. He says if you make this your standard game plan, then you still have the cushion of a full extra day to get onto another flight if your original one is canceled or significantly delayed. 

Schretter says it’s not just the airlines, but road constructions, traffic, accidents, and severe weather that can cause delays in getting to the ship. The ship will not wait for you if you don’t arrive at your embarkation port on time due to heavy traffic or flight delays.

Pro Tip: Schretter typically arrives two to three days in advance at international ports. She uses this time to adjust to the new time zone and recover from jet lag. International cruise itineraries often involve lots of port calls and lengthy tours. 

6. Travel With Carry-On Luggage Only

While this might sound daunting, Schretter has flown without checked bags for cruises in Alaska, Antarctica, and the Galapagos Islands. Again, she researches her ports and makes a list of what to pack, coordinating outfit colors and limiting the number of shoes. She also suggests wearing bulky items on the plane and using packing cubes. 

Pro Tip: Most ships have laundry options. Schretter adds that the flexibility of traveling with just carry-on luggage is worth the added cost.

7. Bring A Fanny Pack

Yes, the fanny pack is back! Of course, some now call it a belt bag and wear it more like a crossbody bag, but it still serves the same purpose — a hands-free, safe purse option. This is one of Whelans’ favorite travel items. She likes it because it’s much easier to sightsee while having two hands free and without the bother of hanging onto a purse. Plus, if it’s strapped on, you won’t leave it somewhere either.

8. Use A GPS Tracking Device

These tags have increased in popularity due to airline lost baggage issues. Whelan invested in portable GPS tracking devices that she can slip into her luggage and her purse or fanny pack. She loves the fact she knows exactly where her luggage is (or isn’t!) if she is flying to meet a ship. 

Pro Tip: Whelan always carries a fresh change of clothes in her carry-on bag in case her luggage gets lost.

Roadside America calls them “attractions and oddities.” To me, they are welcome distractions from the humdrum of the roads we travel. I am not talking about those that we include in our bucket lists; I mean those that we don’t seek. They just pop up unannounced. Sometimes we enjoy them from the comfort of our vehicle. Other times, we just need to get out and walk a bit. For a few others, we see a sign and follow for a short distance.

Every summer when we visit family and friends in their homes (and to escape the Phoenix heat), they have made our trips much richer. Here are the 11 we remember best.

1. Lucy The Elephant

Margate, New Jersey

The first one we came across is dubbed the oldest roadside attraction in America; we saw her early in our RVing days. Built in 1881, Lucy the Elephant stands six stories high on the road alongside the beach in Josephine Harron Park in Margate, New Jersey near Atlantic City. Originally called the Elephant Bazaar, she later became a tavern. Now she’s a National Historical Landmark. She inspired us to watch out for more.

Pro Tip: Be sure to take the guided tour to explore her interior.

2. World’s Largest Praying Hands

Tulsa, Oklahoma

Also during our early RVing days, we saw the world’s largest praying hands. It was 60 feet high and weighs 30 tons, the largest bronze sculpture in the world (the casting was done in Mexico in 1980), standing at the entrance drive of the Oral Roberts University in Tulsa, Oklahoma.

Pro Tip: Just outside of the town of Webb City, Missouri, we came across the similar Praying Hands Memorial. It’s only 32 feet tall but is built on top of a 40-foot man-made hill.

3. Ampersand Sculpture

Joplin, Missouri

Stopping at a convenience store, part of the chain called Kum & Go, on Joplin’s Rangeline Road, we found the Ampersand Sculpture, not that big (8 by 7 feet), but quite colorful. The company’s core values are on one side; the other side contains things about Joplin’s history: mining, Route 66, Bonnie and Clyde, and the many symbols of Joplin’s “strength and hope.”

4. Cadillac Ranch

Amarillo, Texas

After Oklahoma, we passed through Amarillo, Texas where we discovered what road travelers have been raving about since 1974: a Cadillac Ranch with 10 Cadillacs buried nose-down in a field at the same angle as the Pyramids of Giza. It’s free and you can find it on the south access road of I-40 east of the Arnot Road exit and is open 24/7.

Pro Tip: Bring a small canister of paint so you can follow the custom and leave your own mark.

5. Arco Number Hill

Arco, Idaho

Along US 20, you will be surprised to find a hill dotted with white numbers. Since 1920, the Arco, Idaho’s high school graduating class paints its year of graduation on Number Hill. We should have also explored Arco itself, dubbed the Atomic City!

Pro Tip: Start looking for the numbers as soon as you leave the Craters of the Moon National Monument.

6. Ward Charcoal Ovens

Ely, Nevada

Once we took an alternate route going home to Arizona from Boise through Las Vegas. On US 93, at the small mining town of Ward in Ely, Nevada (population, 4,202), a sign pointed to “Charcoal Ovens.” We followed the signs on a well-maintained 6-mile-long dirt road to six large, beehive-shaped ovens (30 feet high, 27 feet in diameter with walls 2 feet thick at the base). Built in 1876, each one held about 35 cords of wood, producing 1,750 bushels of charcoal for two silver smelters in town. It is now the Ward Charcoal Ovens State Historic Park.

Pro Tip: From the dirt road, it is just 100 yards to walk to the ovens.

7. Wild Horses Monument

Vantage, Washington

From Boise to Seattle, Washington (where my daughter used to live), as you go north on I-90, you will be able to spot the Wild Horses Monument. It’s a spectacular sculpture of 15 life-size galloping wild horses on a cliff overlooking the Columbia Gorge, just after Highway 243 becomes I-90. As you pass the sign to the town of Vantage on the left, keep looking up to see the Dave Govedare masterpiece.

Pro Tip: You can view it up close by taking a 0.2-mile hike up the hill.

8. Forever Marilyn

Palm Springs, California

On the road to my sister’s former in Lancaster, California, we were surprised to find that the famous Marilyn Monroe statue had been transferred to Palm Springs from Chicago, Illinois, where we had first seen her. We found out then that the 26-foot statue was moved to a new location every year (from Palm Springs it went to New Jersey, Australia, and Connecticut).

Pro Tip: In 2021, Forever Marilyn returned to Palm Springs as a permanent fixture on Museum Way, just east of the Palm Springs Art Museum.

9. Painted Pipes

Fairbanks, Alaska

When my sister moved to Alaska, we took a road trip north to Fairbanks and came across a colorful building air vent on a downtown street corner. A store owner we asked told us there were 13 of them (out of 23 in the city). Our afternoon turned into a treasure hunt. They were part of the Fairbanks’ “Paint the Pipes” project and serve as fresh air intakes for a utilidor (utility corridor) that runs under the streets.

Pro Tip: Now there are only 12 because the one called “Marilyn in Bunny Boots” has become just a pink pipe.

10. World’s Largest Tire

Detroit, Michigan

One of my daughters lives in Canada. Once on a drive back down, we found the World’s Largest Tire, a Uniroyal weighing 12 tons and standing 80 feet tall on I-94 between Highways 39 and 2 in Detroit, Michigan. It first served as a Ferris wheel in the 1964-65 New York World’s Fair, then transferred to its current location at Allen Park in 1966.

Pro Tip: It is on I-94 near the Metro Detroit Airport.

11. Tovrea Castle

Phoenix, Arizona

I have to tell you about Phoenix’s best roadside attraction. No one who drives on Arizona State Route 202 will miss it. Tovrea Castle is a four-story, 5,000-square-foot architectural masterpiece that looks like a wedding cake. It holds 100+ years of Arizona history and is Arizona’s only castle.

Pro Tip: There is a long wait to explore this gem. I have joined ticket lotteries but have not managed to win one yet.

There you have it! To all the roadside attractions we have loved before and to all the ones we will someday have the pleasure of seeing: Thank you for enhancing the roads we travel.

For more roadside attractions, explore Road Trip: 10 Scenic Stops In Kansas, Nebraska, And Colorado and The Highways In America (And Around The World) That Will Sing To You.

More and more, the answer to the question “business or pleasure?” is becoming “both.” The rise of remote work allows folks to — of course — work from home. But why work from home when you can work from the pool or the campground? As work culture transitions from cubicles to wherever there’s a strong Wi-Fi connection, new forms of work-cations are emerging.

What Is A Hush Trip?

Digital nomads have been a thing for a while, but RVshare coined the term “hush trip” in its 2023 Travel Trends Report. In the report, the peer-to-peer RV marketplace describes how remote workers are leaning into the remote aspect of their work. “These employees are still putting in the hours but working from an alternative location where they plan to enjoy leisure activities in their off-hours, and don’t feel the need to disclose their location,” explains RVshare.

Thanks to RVshare, hush trips have officially entered the zeitgeist with coverage in publications such as Fortune and WorkLife.

Some work cultures are more flexible than others. Several TravelAwaits writers travel full-time. In fact, we have no idea where any of them are at any given point because there is no need to. In our line of work, deadlines matter — location doesn’t. Our staffers gather for a Zoom call every morning, and while we are surprised if someone has a new background on any given day, our employees are absolutely allowed to work from wherever they would like without obtaining prior permission. Once, I showed up to work from a vacation rental in Colorado. I had joined my husband on his work trip and didn’t mention it to my superiors or coworkers because it didn’t affect my job. We traveled there and back outside of work hours, but I’ve also been known to work from the car. I didn’t know it, but I’ve been taking “hush trips” for the better part of a decade!

How People Are Using Hush Trips

Funny videos feature folks taking video calls from unexpected locales. In this one, a man is all business on top and party on the bottom as he appears to take a Zoom call from a pool party in Las Vegas. From touristy to tropical, all destinations are on the table for hush trips, as long as there’s a good internet connection!

RVshare‘s 2023 Travel Trends Report reveals that “nearly all remote-friendly workers are interested in sneaking in a vacation without calling off work when their travel accommodations allow.” In fact, 56 percent of the working adults surveyed say they are “very or extremely likely” to go on a hush trip. According to the report, “Among that group, 36 percent of Gen X and 36 percent of millennials, of whom nearly all claim to have remote jobs, have already planned a hush trip in 2023.”

Hush trips are perfect when one spouse is retired but the other isn’t yet, or perhaps one spouse works as a teacher and has the summer off while the other can only take a couple of weeks off per year.

Why Go On A Hush Trip This Summer

As someone who has unknowingly been participating in this phenomenon as long as I’ve been working remotely — give or take 8 years — I can assure you that the best time to go on a “hush trip” is summer. Why? Because it is more likely to be warm enough to lay by the pool on your lunch break. The days are also longer, so you can explore in the daylight post-work. Campgrounds are a great hush trip destination and summer is a great time to go camping.

How RVshare Can Help

When I first started working remotely, my husband and I got a camper so the cat and I could join him on his work trips throughout the Midwest. All I needed was my hotspot and enough bars for it to work and I was in business. I have fond memories of that year in our lives as we saved up enough money for a downpayment on our first home. We camped everywhere from Kansas to Kalamazoo, exploring and spending time together. I write all of this to say, while a vacation rental, hotel, or friend or family member’s place may all work as a makeshift office for your hush trip, a campground is also a wonderful place to work. And Wi-Fi at campgrounds has improved immensely!

Don’t own a camper? That’s where the folks at RVshare come in. Think of it as the Airbnb of campers. They offer all sorts and sizes for whatever your needs may be. Rent an RV to take on a road trip, book a stationary camper that has a permanent place, or have the camper delivered wherever you want! When you “clock out” for the day, you can get some fresh air, sit by the fire, and look up at the stars.

Tips For Taking A Hush Trip

Travel Time

Travel outside of work hours if possible. Working and driving don’t mix, and in-flight Wi-Fi is not always reliable. That being said, I’ve spent many a workday in the passenger’s seat, and there’s nothing like starting the day at your house, stopping for lunch on the road, then looking up from your laptop and realizing you’re 5.5 hours from home. It feels like time travel.

Beware Of Public Wi-Fi

Although many websites are encrypted, public Wi-Fi networks may not be secure. If you work with sensitive data, your company probably already has a VPN set up for protection. However, if you are concerned about this, use a hotspot instead of public Wi-Fi networks.

Make Sure You Have A Good Connection

A shaky internet connection will put your hush trip on blast in a flash. When camping, be sure to look for campgrounds with strong Wi-Fi connectivity. If you use a hotspot, ensure that there is enough cell service for it to work well.

Video Call Background

A different video call background will blow your cover. Use a generic one if you want to keep your location under wraps.

Social Media

Posting on social media while you’re away isn’t a great idea as it announces to your followers that you are not home. But, if you are trying to keep your trip hush-hush, then you might want to avoid giving it away on social media anyway, especially if you’re friends with your boss!

Related Reading:

• 10 Best Countries To Work Remotely Around The World
• 8 Tips For Working Remotely While RVing
• Top 7 Destinations For RVers This Summer

Walt Disney World prices can add up pretty quickly. We asked our travel advisors for the average cost for two adults and two children staying on-site for 5 days and 6 nights at the parks. You can expect to pay from $2,800–$6,600 and this doesn’t include your flights. Disney is not an inexpensive vacation. However, our experts found some unique ways to save a few bucks.

1. Pre-Purchase Photos

Photographers are all over Disney parks and love to capture your special moments. Some of the attractions even have photos and videos of guests. Cook-Leitz suggests purchasing Disney’s Memory Maker in advance, which gives you digital access to all of the photos that Disney takes while you are in the parks. And the best part is that everyone in your family can be in the photo (says the mom who is often not in photos). The pre-purchase price for Memory Maker is $30 less than buying it during or after your vacation. With this digital access, you can download and print your photos at home for a fraction of the cost of having them printed by Disney.

2. Stretch Quick-Service Dining

Liden has used this trick for years. She says quick-service meals can offer enough food for more than one person. For example, order a double burger and ask to purchase an extra bun. You now have 2 sandwiches and can share the fries. Even by purchasing an extra bun (usually only $1–$2 more), you’ve saved around $8–$10 on a second meal. Another favorite option is a dish at Capt. Cook’s. Liden says the Thai coconut meatballs are filling and delicious!

3. Take Advantage Of Refillables

Refillable Popcorn Buckets

While the cost of the bucket seems initially pricey ($10–$28), you can purchase refills for $2 each during your entire stay. Liden says this helps with snack cravings and saves you money when you consider a standard popcorn will run you approximately $5 and is not refillable.

Refillable Mugs

All Disney resorts offer a refillable mug in their quick-service dining locations. These are available for use while at the resort and they typically have a refill station near the pools also. They offer sodas, tea, Powerade, and even coffee. Liden says to keep in mind the mugs are not available for refill in the parks, but they will keep your beverages cool when you purchase a drink in the park, or you can fill it with water from one of the water stations.

4. Order Groceries Ahead

Another cost-saving tip is to order groceries from a local delivery service. Liden says having snacks in your room for a quick breakfast or evening snack can save you a lot. All resorts have a mini fridge and the villas even have full-size refrigerators so you can keep small snacks and beverages cold.

Seana Beard agrees. She suggests ordering from Amazon, Wal-Mart, or one of her favorites, Magical Vacation Services. She usually orders for delivery just before her arrival. Items are dropped off and kept safe at Bell Services. 

5. Pre-Purchase Gift Cards

Armbruster has this tip for clients: Pre-purchase gift cards. She says to go to Sam’s Club or Costco to buy gift cards. They are sold at less than face value and will save you money. They can be used to pay for your vacation package before you leave or for souvenirs or snacks while you are at the parks.

6. Buy Souvenirs Before You Go

Another tip, pick up the souvenirs before you go. Armbruster suggests checking out the Shop Disney site or even other stores to get your grandkids Mickey ears or princess dresses before you go. Disney runs specials throughout the year that allow you to get official Disney merchandise at a price that is sure to be less than in the parks. You could put them in your suitcase ahead of time and surprise the kids with them when you get there! It might curb the souvenir shopping and, if you have girls that are doing the Bibbidi Bobbidi Boutique, it is sure to save you money if they have their dresses and shoes ahead of time.

Pro Tip: Head to Target, Wal-Mart, or even the grocery store once you arrive to pick up your Disney shirts or your favorite stuffed animals for less than you’d pay at the parks.

7. Order Off The Kids’ Menu

Beard says adults can order off the kids’ menu. This is a great tip and particularly helpful on those hot days when a big heavy meal just won’t sit well. Sunshine Seasons in EPCOT has grilled salmon with two sides for around $8 and the portions are large enough to nourish most adults. 

8. Magical Extras

Take advantage of the freebies! Beard says that when booking a package, tickets, and resort stay, you will receive your “Magical Extras” which include discount offers at select Disney Springs shops and dining spots. It also includes free rounds of mini golf. If that isn’t your style, most resorts have lots of free fun to dabble in like movies under the stars, campfires, and scavenger hunts. If you have built in a resort day to take a break from the bustle of the parks, don’t forget to give these options a try.

9. Buy Essentials Before You Go

The general rule of thumb is that, if you buy it in the parks, it will cost a pretty penny. Before your trip, Cook-Lietz says to think about the things you can purchase at home and take with you to help limit in-park purchases. Ponchos can be found for as little as a dollar in stores. When it starts to rain at Disney, the $12 ponchos will be your only option. Never forget to pack your own sunscreen. What might cost you $8 at home could cost you twice that in the parks or at the resorts. Beard suggests packing the little extras as well. She makes sure to pack essentials like band-aids and over-the-counter medicines to save a few bucks.

Purchase your family Disney shirts at home, or make them yourself. The quality will likely be better and the cost will be much lower.

Pro Tip: Autograph books in the parks can be pricey, but you can make a pretty cool autograph book with supplies you can get at your local craft store. And if you have a Cricut, you can make a really fancy autograph book.

10. Pack Snacks

Pack a few small snacks that don’t take up a ton of room in your carry-on. Armbruster says these could be a lifesaver for the picky eaters in your family. They may cost a couple of dollars and take up some space, but they could cost you almost double that at the resorts.

11. Pack Your Lunch

This is an easy way to save money. Beard says to pack your lunch! Walt Disney World lets you bring food, snacks, and beverages into the parks. That makes it ideal for filling a cooler bag or your backpack with sandwiches, tortilla wraps, or Lunchables. This is a great option for saving time as well! It will keep you from having to stop midday to dine in a restaurant. You can eat a quick PB and J during a shady rest, on a bench watching the Dapper Dans perform, or in a line that is moving slower than it should. Bringing your own food in the parks can save you from those hangry midday meltdowns as well.

12. Bring Your Own Water

Cook-Leitz and Liden suggest packing your own water bottle for your trip. The park is filled with refill stations and you can typically ask for a cup of free ice at most quick-dining locations.

13. Bring Your Own Stroller

If your grandkids still ride in a stroller, Cook-Letiz says to bring your own instead of renting one. Most airlines allow strollers to fly free and it also means that you have a stroller for times that you are not in the parks. When your child falls asleep at the end of the day, it’s much easier to push them back to the bus, car, monorail, or boat than being forced to carry them after returning the stroller. With Disney rentals costing $15 per day for a single stroller and $31 per day for a double stroller, the costs can add up.

If you’re thinking about a Disney vacation, check out these articles:

• 11 Hidden Gems At Walt Disney World According To Disney Experts
• 6 Can’t-Miss Character Experiences At Disney World
• Disney Experts Share 13 Amazing Experiences Even Non-Disney Fans Will Love

Launched in 2022, Kontiki Expeditions has created a “neo-luxury” yacht cruise experience that combines cultural immersion, outdoor adventures, exclusive excursions, and the kind of luxury one expects when sailing on an indulgent yacht.

Sailing from Manta, Ecuador, Kontiki (which takes its name from the Incan god of creation Kon-Tiki Viracocha) sails along the Pacific coast of Ecuador along the Manabi Province on 5- to 8-day luxury sea expeditions to locations that most tourists never see or even bother to consider.

That’s a mistake. While Ecuador’s Andes Mountains, cloud forests, and sections of the Amazon attract those visitors who aren’t going to The Galapagos Islands, the coastal area of Ecuador is rich in ancient culture, pristine marine reserves, protected forests, thriving indigenous communities, and beaches uncrowded by party-goers or screaming kids.

Combine those experiences with luxurious touches, culinary excellence, and an indulgent onboard stay, and Kontiki Expeditions may have the perfect trip for travelers who want the comfort and amenities of a high-end cruise with the authenticity and exclusive experiences of small-ship, expedition-style action.

Here are the five reasons I loved this small ship cruise of Ecuador’s rarely-explored coastline.

I was a hosted guest of Kontiki Expeditions, but all opinions are my own.

1. Small Ship, Big Luxury

Kontiki Expeditions’ MS Wayra is a 128-foot luxury yacht with nine staterooms for just 18 guests. And with a full staff of absolute professionals, you’ll feel like you’ve got the ship to yourself — even in the common areas where other guests congregate.

The rooms and bathrooms are roomy and comfortable, and the topside bar, hot tub, and sundeck are always fun places to sip on cocktails and chat with friends. A wine cellar, fitness room, massage area, and plenty of deck seating round out the beauty of the MS Wayra, but it’s the staff that makes this ship truly a luxury experience.

The staff of roughly 10 — plus an onboard naturalist and guide — are trained in safety and service, ensuring that you will be catered to and looked after. The rooms are spotlessly cleaned three times a day like magic. I say “magic” because the little fellow in charge of the rooms slips in and out without ever being seen, leaving only little treats and a freshly-made bed as proof he was actually there.

After shore excursions or snorkeling adventures, the staff is always waiting with cool damp hand towels, hot chocolate, herbal tea, and coffee, and the barista/bartender is a pro at making your favorite cappuccino and latte or pouring a glass of that malbec you just fell in love with.

The ship isn’t just luxurious amenities though; it’s full of fun as well. The water club includes ocean kayaks, stand-up paddleboards, and “SeaBobs” to play with as well as a three-story inflatable slide from the top deck to the ocean that’ll make you feel like a kid again.

The ocean swimming pool is ocean-net enclosed so you don’t have to worry about jellyfish or other sneaky critters brushing up against you, and the ship has all the snorkeling gear you’ll need to gaze around the pristine ocean off the coast of Ecuador.

Oh, and if you are prone to seasickness, the staff is ready with motion sickness tablets if you need them.

Pro Tip: While the ship etiquette onboard is barefoot, you must bring good walking shoes for land expeditions, beach sandals, and water shoes (optional). You’ll definitely need your bathing suit, comfortable walking clothes, and a hat. Sunscreen is an absolute must because you are basking at the equator. A light jacket is recommended for those cooler, windier nights on the ship. Also, an end-trip gratuity of $300 to $350 is a typical amount to set aside if you are happy with the service.

2. One-Of-A-Kind Adventures 

On Isla de la Plata, blue-footed boobies waddled everywhere, their turquoise feet slapping at the dry, hard ground. Male boobies sat protectively on their chicks — cotton ball fluffs with curious black faces — while the females were out searching for food on the ocean. A little farther down the path, along the steep cliffs overlooking the wild Pacific, Nasca boobies were in the middle of their own mating and breeding season.

While 10 local tour organizers visit Isla La Plata, we had the island to ourselves for the morning. Part of Machalilla National Park, this protected uninhabited island is known as a “mini-Galapagos” because of the blue-footed, Nasca, and red-footed boobies that nest here, as well as the Galapagos albatrosses.

As part of Kontiki’s exclusive experiences, we had private guides to lead us up the trails that run to the sheer cliff tops that sometimes overlook migratory humpback whales. Our on-board naturalist and expedition guide Raul (Ruly) Menoscal shared facts about the ecosystem, but hiking and bird watching weren’t the only Kontiki Expeditions exclusive adventures we enjoyed during the 5-day cruise.

From snorkeling the marine reserves to hiking through small national parks and rainforests and getting our hands dirty learning the ancient pottery techniques of the pre-historic Valdivian civilization with the Orrolo family in Puerto Lopez, the wet and dry landing excursions through Kontiki are one of a kind.

The Pacoche Marine Wildlife Refuge near Manta brought us on a hike (easy, but rocky in places) through a rainforest to spot howler monkeys, spot tiny fingernail-sized frogs, say hello to a calm and quiet tarantula, and learn about the ecosystem in this marine cloud forest.

You also have a chance to interact with local communities, learn about indigenous culture and history and take part in hands-on activities with local artisans.

3. Interacting With Small Communities

From Shamans To Chocolatiers

Inside the circle made from ashes, a shaman and two assistants from the indigenous Agua Blanca community in the Machalilla National Park waited with traditional grass skirts and headdresses to lead our small group in a Seven Winds blessing ceremony led by Shaman Plinio Merchán.

With palo santo smoke and oil, we were cleansed of our negative energies and told to make a wish before giving thanks and blessings to the directions, the sky, the earth, and all the communities and peoples in every direction. With bare chests, a crown of feathers, and jangly seed anklets, the shamans welcomed each of us with open hearts, and we felt comforted and light after the ceremony was over.

Descendants of the Manteño-Huancavilca civilization — one of the last pre-Columbian civilizations in modern-day Ecuador that existed from 850 to 1600 A.D. — the Agua Blanca community visit was only one of the deep interactions we had along the Ecuadorian Coast.

We learned about the world’s rarest chocolate from Servio Pachard, one of the main cacao growers for To’Ak Chocolates, who grows heritage cacao trees thought to be extinct or near extinct. In fact, Pachard had to use DNA testing to prove the ultra-rare (and ultra-expensive) Arriba Nacional cacao bean still existed. He led us through the process of sampling various rare cacao pods, roasting the beans, and peeling and grinding the beans to create a shot of pure, heavenly chocolate rich enough to make you light-headed.

We learned about the Manabita ovens used in the Manabi area — an all-in-one oven/grill/smoker — at LaSecreta’s cooking school/restaurant/food lab in the rural area of Manabi. Created to give opportunities to those affected by an earthquake and the pandemic, this school includes a cooking lab, classrooms, an outdoor kitchen, herb and vegetable gardens, and even a distillery, giving the adult students a thorough education in hospitality and culinary arts.

We watched master hatmaker Domingo Carranza use his sharpened fingernails to separate palm fronds into the perfect straw to weave into toquilla straw hats (unfairly called Panama Hats), a by-hand process that can take months.

We kneaded clay with the Orrolo family at Puerto Lopez to make our own clay pots in the same way the ancient Valdivian peoples created pottery, and we dined on cuisine harvested locally from farms, rainforests, and oceans.

Interacting with the communities and history in this area through exclusive experiences offered only by Kontiki Expeditions was my favorite part of this entire trip.

4. Culinary Delights

Trust me: You won’t go hungry or unsatisfied on the Kontiki MS Wayra. The two on-board chefs are masters of creating dishes for breakfast, lunch, and dinner that highlight the local seafood and produce of the Manabi region and are able to tweak dishes to accommodate dining preferences or allergies.

The breakfast buffet always had a selection of fresh fruits like dragon fruit, papaya, mango, and berries as well as fluffy pastries, freshly-squeezed juices, and sliced smoked salmon. The hot dishes included eggs and bacon, but also regional dishes rich with plantains.

Lunch and dinner always included a seafood option, which I loved. From prawns swimming in spicy sauce to perfectly prepared fish filets, the dinners also included other meats for the non-seafood fans and rich, decadent desserts paired with wine or drinks of your choice.

All meals were served in a communal dining room which rang with the laughter and jokes of the passengers, and tasty little snacks like empanadas were served at the topside bar and jacuzzi during free time.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss out on having the bartender cut open a fresh coconut for you to sip on. Whether or not you add rum is your choice, but it’s an amazingly refreshing treat after a long day of snorkeling or hiking.

5. Naturalist Knowledge And Passion 

Carlos Nuñez started Kontiki Expeditions to bring tourism and sustainable income to the coast of Ecuador, where he grew up. His family was among the tuna fishing moguls, so sustainability and reducing the carbon footprint of expedition touring were important to him.

Beyond that, Carlos wants the rich and diverse culture and ecosystem of coastal Ecuador to be enjoyed.

“We are pioneers on this. We kind of invented the wheel on this,” he said. “Not even locals come to the coast because people are focused 100 percent on Galapagos. Now, I think we will definitely get more attention for the destination because of Kontiki. Now people are thinking, ‘Why not? Why not go off the beaten track?’”

In addition to creating jobs and supporting local communities, Nuñez wants the world to experience neo-luxury yacht cruising in a way that matters. Every tour includes an onboard naturalist guide, and Ruly Menoscal was among the best. A former naturalist and researcher (he spent 8 months alone on one of the Galapagos islands), Ruly was our translator for language and the experiences we were on. He had a wealth of knowledge and was patient, funny, enthusiastic, and passionate about the region and conservation.

Each day ended with a slideshow presentation of all we experienced that day and a run-down of the next day’s activities. Having a trained guide/naturalist on board and on all the excursions gave us a depth of knowledge and understanding that we never would have experienced otherwise.

For travelers looking for authentic, off-the-beaten-path, and exclusive experiences and adventures combined with the expected luxury of a super-yacht, Kontiki Expeditions offers both. Although the days are packed full of fun and excursions, you’ll feel more relaxed on this expedition cruise than most.

And because you’re among the few that can explore the Ecuadorian coast in neo-luxury, you’ll have stories to share that few people have experienced themselves.

When my granddaughter moved to Florida, I was excited to share the Florida experience with her. While I planned to show her what I knew, she continually surprises me with what she sees. I didn’t expect the joy of seeing the world through a child’s eyes! Here are 10 experiences with grandchildren to enjoy around Sarasota. 

Pro Tip: Most of these locations offer a membership that includes benefits to a reciprocal network of gardens and museums throughout the United States. Be sure to ask about it and consider joining if it makes sense for you!

1. Sarasota Jungle Gardens

Sarasota Jungle Gardens is 10 acres of lush tropical gardens located near the heart of downtown Sarasota. It’s home to exotic and local animals, wandering pink flamingos, reptile exhibits, a petting zoo, and presentations, all connected by a winding 1.2-mile paved-brick pathway.

The Gardens are one of the oldest, continuously running attractions in Florida. David Breed Lindsay, the founder of the newspaper that became the Herald-Tribune, purchased a swampy little banana grove in the 1930s to create a botanical garden. Today, the Jungle Gardens are under new ownership and continue to delight visitors and locals alike.

Gardens, Reptiles, Flamingos, And Goats, Oh My!

You may not think a garden would hold a child’s interest; however, following a path through the jungle where a new surprise is around every turn quickly becomes an adventure. Numbers on the map suggest a route, but if you follow it exactly, you’ll miss some exhibits. We start with the outer loop, head toward the petting zoo (a fan favorite), then continue around before following the inner circle toward the flamingos.

Pro Tip: When feeding animals at the petting zoo, stay outside of the fence. They recognize the sound of brown paper bags opening and will rush over (think a minor stampede) to whoever is holding the bag!

2. Mote Marine Laboratory And Aquarium

Mote Aquarium is on 10.5 acres near St. Armands Circle. What started as a marine scientist’s passion project in a one-room lab has grown into a program that spans from Sarasota to the Florida Keys. Exhibits are in two buildings, with plans for a new 110,000-square-foot facility at Nathan Benderson Park. 

Two Buildings, One Special Day

You’ll walk into what feels like a cave surrounded by tropical color in the main building. Aquatic tanks lining the walls are alive with marine life. You can look into the eyes of a sea monster (a 27-foot giant squid), size up a replica of an enormous megalodon jaw, reach out and touch stingrays, and peer into the open-topped shark tank. 

The Ann & Alfred E. Goldstein Marine Mammal Research & Rehabilitation Center is the second building. Here, sea otters, turtles, and manatees receive care. Docents are standing ready throughout the exhibits to answer questions. What I love about the aquarium is that it’s big enough to enjoy for a couple of hours and small enough for little feet to explore.

Pro Tips: Kayaking and eco-boat tours are available and launch near the aquarium. For things to do nearby, including best restaurants, consider Everything You Need To Know Before Visiting St. Armands Circle.

3. See Florida Sea Turtles

Florida’s turtle nesting season begins in May, babies start hatching in July, and the season ends in October. Nests are found on beaches along the coastline; with luck, you can experience turtle hatchlings dashing toward the sea. Sarasota has the largest density of loggerhead sea turtles along the Gulf of Mexico. Check the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission’s Sea Turtle Viewing Opportunities page for the latest hatchling news.

Watch The Hatchlings’ Race To The Sea

Areas along the beach marked with caution tape indicate nest sites. When females lay their eggs, the marks left in the sand look like tire tracks reaching from the shoreline to the nest. Volunteers and researchers monitor the beaches looking for signs of nestings, mark the spot, then begin timing it to determine the hatching window. 

Pro Tip: Sea turtles are protected, so interaction is not allowed. Help by keeping the beach free of debris and obstacles, turning off any lights during nesting and hatching season, and observing activity safely. You gotta let turtles be turtles! Want to know more? Read up on

• How These Colored Lights Along Florida’s Coast Are Helping Save Sea Turtles
• 7 Ways To Help Protect Baby Sea Turtles During Your Beach Vacation

4. Horseback Riding On The Beach

You get a special feeling when you see a horse walking on the beach. Now, imagine swimming with them in a bay! That’s an experience available near Sarasota that I’m excited to share with my grandchild when she is a little older. For now, we can enjoy watching them from the shoreline at Palma Sola Bay in Bradenton. 

Feel The Gentle Power Of These Beautiful Animals

A few companies offer trail and beach rides in Tampa Bay, Bradenton, and Sarasota. Two highly rated companies are C Ponies and Florida Beach Horses. Some of these horses were rescued from unfortunate conditions, given a lot of love, and now enjoy doing what they love to do…playing! We’ve watched them from State Road 64 near Anna Maria Island and Robinson Preserve. Schedule a ride, or plan to be near the area around tour times to see these magnificent animals.

Pro Tip: Robinson Preserve is a great outdoor area with extensive boardwalk trails and a fun lookout tower.

5. Bishop Museum Of Science And Nature

I was surprised to find the largest natural history museum on Florida’s Gulf Coast in downtown Bradenton. If your grandchild is into dinosaurs like mine, they will be in awe of the life-sized mastodon skeleton in The Bishop Museum lobby. Beyond that, they can explore the natural world from prehistoric times, experience the Planetarium show, and more. The interactive style of the museum makes learning seem like play.

Backyard Play, Live Manatees, And The Moon

Enjoy story time in the Mosaic Backyard, which is equipped with a treehouse and room to explore. The Lego zone, where you’ll find more legos than you want to step on, will ignite their architecture and building creativity. Skeletons of manatees and sea turtles are upstairs, right next to the tank with live manatees in the Parker Manatee Rehabilitation Habitat. My granddaughter enjoyed watching them eat the floating romaine lettuce. 

Pro Tip: After a few hours here, you can eat downtown (plan ahead with our picks for 10 Favorite Restaurants In Bradenton) or explore the Bradenton Riverwalk.

6. Marie Selby Botanical Gardens

They say that plants help boost moods, increase creativity, reduce stress, and eliminate air pollutants, so spending an hour or two at Marie Selby Botanical Gardens is a surefire way to feed your grandchild’s inner zen. There are two campuses totaling 45 acres. Selby Gardens, near downtown Sarasota, is 15 acres, and Spanish Point in Osprey is 30 acres.

Pro Tip: The gardens light up during the holidays, when you can stroll the grounds, sip hot chocolate, and enjoy the season’s magic.

Explore The Rainforest And Climb Among The Trees

Little ones will enjoy the Ann Goldstein Children’s Rainforest Garden and the treetop walkway at Selby Gardens. My granddaughter highly recommends the large garden chimes and tree swing. The colorful, oversized frogs are fun, too! Be sure to stop at the koi pond, where you can feed fish the size of your arm. They swim right up to the water’s edge. A special audio Family Tour, perfect for school-aged kids, presents garden information in a family-friendly manner. 

They moved the butterfly house to Spanish Point, but you may see some butterflies in the butterfly garden. As of this writing, construction is active for their expansion; however, most everything is open.

Pro Tip: Bayfront Park is a few blocks down the street. Bring a picnic lunch, head to the tiki restaurant on the sand, and enjoy the park, fountain, and playground to finish the day. 

7. Ride The Legacy Trail

The Legacy Trail is an 18-mile, multi-use paved trail that runs from Sarasota’s Payne Park, the former Spring training home for major league baseball, to the Old Venice Train Depot and Caspersen Beach via the Venetian Waterway Trail. It’s built on a former railroad, so street crossings are minimal, and several overpasses safely cross major streets. Much of the trail is shaded, and historical markers tell the county’s story. Many trailheads have a park experience with playgrounds and restrooms. You can rent a bike, trike, or e-bike and explore this much-loved trail.

A Multi-Use Paved Trail Everyone Can Enjoy

You don’t have to ride the entire trail to enjoy it! Little ones will enjoy the trailhead parks, older kids may enjoy Payne Park’s skate park, and one trail section goes through Oscar Scherer State Park. The closest access to that section is the Osprey Trailhead; if lucky, you may see baby alligators and other wildlife.

Pro Tip: Friends of the Legacy Trail started a surrey program in 2023 so those with reduced mobility can enjoy the trail! Volunteers pedal up to four people in a covered surrey. Reservations are required, and dates are limited, but the ride is free.

8. Siesta Key — The #1 Beach In The U.S.

Visiting Sarasota is only complete after a day at the beach! Siesta Key is known for its white crushed quartz sand that feels like powdered sugar. It’s cool to the touch, even on the hottest days, so little ones won’t need to hop-step over burning sand! The Crescent Beach area has a large parking lot, restrooms, and amenities. If you can, plan to stay for the sunset. You will not be disappointed!

Sand Castles And Salty Breezes

From Sarasota Beach to the north to sleepy Turtle Beach on the south, you’re sure to find a patch of sand you love! Turtle Beach has that Old Florida feel, smaller crowds, a campground, and grills. You may spot manatees swimming in the lagoon.

The area around Siesta Village has more beach stores, restaurants, and congestion. The free Siesta Key Breeze Trolley runs between Siesta Key Village and Turtle Beach, or you can rent bikes or scooters. So, keep the car parked and head to the village for a bite to eat, ice cream, sweets, and beachy shops. 

Crescent Beach holds the Siesta Key Crystal Classic Sand International Sand Sculpting Festival in November. It takes several days for the sculptors to complete their work, so they rope off the area leading up to the event. You will be amazed by the artistry!

Pro Tip: During busy seasons, the area is congested (as expected). Crescent Beach has the largest parking lot and the most people. As you drive along Beach Road, watch for small pullouts on the Gulf side with unpaved parking if you want a smaller crowd and are okay with fewer amenities. For outdoor dining with a tropical vibe, try SKOB (Siesta Key Oyster Bar) in Siesta Key Village and Spearfish Grille on Old Stickney Point Road, where they stack boats for storage.

9. Ringling Museum

“The Circus Kings, Our Ringling Family Story” described early Sarasota as “half fishing village, half Western cow town.” The Ringlings fell in love with this jungle jewel, and Sarasota eventually became the winter home for the Ringling Bros and Barnum & Bailey Circus. John and Mable Ringling built their winter estate and filled it with art treasures from around the world with the idea of someday gifting it to Florida.

Venetian-inspired Ca’ D’Zan sits on prime real estate fronting Sarasota Bay. It hosted grand lawn parties on the pink-hued marble terrace, and today, you can visit the 66-acre complex for a glimpse into the life and legacy of the man behind The Greatest Show on Earth. His spark has made this area the Cultural Coast of Florida.

Explore Sarasota’s Circus Legacy

John Ringling was a man from humble beginnings, amassed enormous wealth during his lifetime, then died with just $313 in the bank. While not everyone is a fan of clowns, the circus is part of America’s legacy, a time when a child’s imagination came to life as acrobats dangled from impossible heights, larger-than-life beasts marched right before them, and, yes, colorfully painted clowns made them laugh (or cry!). It was a show they could see, smell, taste, and feel as the excitement and energy played out before their eyes.

There are six venues to explore at The Ringling, and the ones younger grandchildren will enjoy most are:

The Circus Museum: Tibbals Learning Center holds circus memorabilia. Kids can climb into a clown car, walk the wire, and get up close to a (faux) tiger for a chance to run off and join the circus, for the day anyhow. 

Ca’ D’Zan: 36,000 square feet, five stories tall, with incredible waterfront views, this is the Ringling Estate. The interior is just as magnificent as the exterior. 

Education Center: The classrooms for adult and child learning are here. Check their schedule for free family arts and crafts workshops. Afterward, you can enjoy the gardens.

Bayfront Gardens: You can stroll the grounds, including an arboretum, a rose garden, and an impressive row of banyan trees. Kids will enjoy the playground, turtles, birds, and running space! The museum has stroller tours that are a great way to enjoy the estate.

Pro Tip: As you walk down the row of banyan trees on the right side of the front of the mansion, watch for the cherub statue that the trees’ tendrils have swallowed up. You can see her face peeking out from the branches.

10. Hunt For Shark Teeth At The Shark Tooth Capital Of The World

Ten million years ago, the city of Venice was underwater and a popular habitat for sharks. As the water receded, the sharks died; today, only their fossilized teeth remain. With a keen eye and simple tools, you may find some to take home.

Fossils On the Beach And Hunting For Sharks Downtown

There are several Venice beaches to enjoy. Wear sunscreen, grab a kitchen strainer — or an official “Venice Snow Shovel” — then head to the shoreline that stretches from Venice Beach near historic downtown and the jetty to Brohard Park and Paw Park Dog Beach by the pier, and finally secluded Caspersen Beach. There are bathrooms at every beach, and some have additional amenities. You’re on the Gulf, so the waters are mostly calm. 

Continue your shark-themed adventure in Downtown Venice with a shark-spotting hunt. It’s a one-mile loop that begins at Centennial Park by the Interactive Fountain (splash pad) during which you’ll search for little bronze shark sculptures spread throughout downtown Venice. Find the map and clues online. Adults enjoy strolling through downtown Venice while the littles follow their treasure maps. There are 10 sharks to find but be warned, some streets are dangerous. 

You’ll be tempted as you pass by hard-to-resist sweets shops, ice cream parlors, and the aroma from downtown restaurants. My granddaughter loves to play in the fountain!

Pro Tip: Florida beaches are gorgeous most days of the year; however, there are days when red tide conditions (that is, the presence of harmful algae blooms) are high. This is troublesome for those with respiratory conditions. Avoid the beach on high red tide days; lower counts are usually not a problem. Current conditions can be found on the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission’s Red Tide Status page.

A back-to-back cruise is when you take consecutive cruises, and the opportunity, While it might sound odd initially, has a lot going for it, especially when you opt for back-to-back cruises on the same ship. 

I recently did back-to-back cruises from Port Canaveral to the Bahamas on Royal Caribbean. I was hosted by Royal Caribbean for a total of 4 nights to explore their new ship, the Wonder of the Seas. My takeaway: Whether you’re an experienced cruiser or will be cruising for the first time, the back-to-back cruise experience deserves your consideration.

Here are seven reasons you should consider booking a back-to-back cruise, plus some helpful tips if you decide to go this route. 

1. Extend Your Vacation And Enjoy Your Ideal Itinerary

If you want to take a longer vacation but see a great cruise deal (or a route that appeals to you) on a shorter cruise, book two 3-night cruises. You can also look at adding a 3-night cruise to a 7-night cruise — your options just depend on what routes your cruise line has set, what interests you, and what you have time and money for. 

Taking two back-to-back cruises that followed the same route doubled my time on the ship. This might sound obvious, but the additional time allowed me to experience more of the ship’s amenities and take part in more activities on board, such as getting to see all the shows and experience the different pools and sunbathing areas. 

When you take a shorter cruise, you often have to choose between spending more time exploring the ship or focusing on exploring the ports of call. Cruising on the same ship twice allows you to do both. 

2. Earn Cruise Loyalty Status

Each cruise line manages loyalty points differently. Some reward you for nights sailed, and others reward you per cruise. Disney Cruise Line gives you loyalty points for each cruise, so three 3-night cruises will give you more points than one 10-night cruise.

Royal Caribbean gives points for each night cruised and doubles the points if you book a suite. Princess Cruise Line does a hybrid model of nights and points: Their Ruby loyalty tier level can be attained by three cruises or 30 nights sailed. 

Whether it’s a cruise line, airline, or hotel chain, you’re going to get max benefits if you work their loyalty programs. 

If you’re doing back-to-back cruises on a cruise line that rewards you for the number of cruises versus nights cruised, taking two consecutive cruises is a way to double dip.

3. You Can Book The Same Stateroom

Back-to-back cruises are infinitely easier and more enjoyable when you book both cruises in the same cabin. Most cruises will allow you to leave your belongings in your stateroom if you’re not changing rooms. If you are switching rooms (or are on the rare cruise that doesn’t allow stateroom storage in the interim), you’ll need to get your luggage off the ship the same as if you were disembarking. You can either carry your luggage back on and keep it with you until your stateroom is ready or re-check it with the porters to have it delivered to you.

If you’re booking back-to-back cruises and want to be in the same stateroom during both, I recommend using a travel agent that has enhanced access to cruise booking tools, especially if you’re booking high-demand cruises. Routes that have just been published or new cruise ships are always very popular. 

If you are going to attempt this on your own, know exactly what you want to book and be quick. Other travelers are likely looking at the same staterooms you want to book. 

Another option is to call and book with the cruise line over the phone. Explain to the representative what you want to do — they’ll be able to have a larger picture view of available staterooms on different cruises to assist you in making your choices. A travel agent will do the same thing, though, and they will be on hold to speak to the cruise line’s customer service, not you. 

Pro Tip: Having some flexibility on dates and taking cruises during periods less popular with cruise travelers may also make getting the same stateroom on back-to-back cruises a bit easier. 

Important: Even if you book the same stateroom on back-to-back cruises, you will still have to get off the ship after the first cruise and reboard. 

4. Have The Ship (Almost) To Yourself

When you reboard the ship for your second (or subsequent) cruise, you will be among the first to board the ship. Uncrowded pools where you have your pick of loungers, minimal lines at the buffets or water slides, and being able to take pictures without other people in the background are all perks of getting on board first. 

Boarding early also affords you the opportunity to get to know crew members and explore the ship while things are still quiet. Note that some facilities and services, such as casinos, shops, and spa/salons, may not be available during this time. 

5. Time To Explore The Port City

While your cruise line might not offer an excursion at the end of Cruise 1 and before Cruise 2, if you’re not worried about getting back on the ship as soon as possible, you may have time to explore your port of embarkation between cruises.

Wonder of the Seas stopped in Port Canaveral for the day. While I got back on the ship as soon as I was allowed to do so, there were a few things in the area that I considered checking out: Disney World, the Kennedy Space Center, and Merrit Island National Wildlife Refuge. I quickly ruled Disney World out as being not cost-effective — it was an hour’s drive each way, plus lines and security to get into the parks didn’t seem worth it. 

A single day, one park ticket runs over $100 a day per person, and the lines at Disney World are notoriously long. If you’re sailing out of Port Canaveral, I recommend doing Disney World before or after. 

If you choose to explore your port city, make sure the activity you’ve planned allows a cushion for travel time plus an extra hour or more for traffic and anything that might go wrong. Your best bet is an activity that’s close to the port. 

Pro Tip: If you’re not going to reboard as soon as you’re allowed to, make sure you’re clear on the all-aboard time and allow yourself plenty of cushion to avoid being late getting back. 

6. Experience More Of The Ship

I’ve been cruising for 15 years, and I know it’s impossible to see and do everything on a cruise ship, especially the larger ones like the Royal Caribbean Oasis Class or soon-to-come Icon Class ships, in 7 days or less. That said, sailing the same (or similar) route consecutively gives you more time and the option to select different restaurants and entertainment options the second time around. 

7. Do More Of Nothing

If you do back-to-back cruises, you can spend one action-packed cruise seeing all the shows, going to all the entertainment events, going on excursions, or whatever appeals to you. You can spend your subsequent cruise lounging by the pool or having a lazy morning with coffee on your stateroom balcony.

Or do two action-packed cruises or two chill cruises. All cruises allow you to make your vacation what you want it to be. Back-to-back cruises just let you do more of the same.

8. Optimize Family Or Friend-Group Travel

If you’re trying to travel with grandkids, friends, or extended family, getting everyone’s schedule to align on a single set of dates can be a challenge. Back-to-back cruises where you cruise with different family members or friends on each of your cruises might work, especially for grandparents seeking to spend time with busy adult children and their families. Book two short cruises and spend one with the kids in your life and another focusing on relaxation and the ship’s amenities.

Other Things To Consider When Taking Back-To-Back Cruises

Here are some things to consider when taking a back-to-back cruise. Every cruise, cruise line, and travel scenario is different, but these will give you some food for thought and alert you to potential pitfalls. 

• Be prepared for a bit of a wait to get back on the ship; take something to do or plan a DIY excursion as suggested above.
• Account for mobility issues: If you have any sort of mobility issues that result in you needing assistance to get on the ship, you’ll need to make sure you put those same systems in place for both cruises. 
• Know that you’ll have to settle your shipboard account and start anew with Cruise 2. If you purchased a drink package or internet access, you’d need to repurchase those if you want them on your second cruise.
• If you’re staying in the same stateroom and prepaid your gratuities, your stateroom host should probably get two sets of tips from you, or one larger tip at the end of Cruise 2.

Pro Tip: I made sure to verify that the same stateroom attendant would be taking care of my room during my second cruise. I ensured he knew I’d be giving one payment at the end of my second cruise and tipped him in cash.

• Your stateroom attendant will know you’re a returning cruiser and will provide instructions on the final night of your cruise. When I did my back-to-back cruises with Royal Caribbean on the Wonder of the Seas, I got a very detailed info sheet on the final afternoon of my cruise that answered every possible question I had about what I needed to do.
• The process for back-to-back cruises will vary by cruise line and location, so make sure you’re reading the fine print and checking with your travel agent to make sure you understand what’s going to be expected of you.
• Again, I strongly recommend working with a travel agent. Travel agents have resources at their disposal to see what staterooms are available on consecutive cruises, and that will be easier than scrambling to ensure you’re in the same stateroom on your consecutive cruises.
• Finally, even though your second cruise may feel like a continuation of your first cruise, it is not. Boarding passes, health questionnaires, and clearing customs all have to be accomplished again for the second cruise, and you’ll have to get off the ship and get back on again.

Cruises and water sports may not be top of mind when planning a trip to Phoenix or Scottsdale, Arizona. Despite its desert climate, you’ll find several lakes and reservoirs created by dams built to control river flow and provide irrigation. Saguaro Lake in Tonto National Forest is one of these. Located approximately 40 miles east of downtown Phoenix, 20 minutes east of Mesa, Arizona, along the North Bush Highway, the lake was created by the construction of the Steward Mountain Dam on the Salt River. Completed in 1930, it was the last of four reservoirs formed by the damming of that river.

The 1,200-acre lake is 10 miles long and reaches depths of more than 110 feet at its deepest point. Its 22 miles of shoreline include rocky crags, canyon walls, marshland, and desert shrubland. Saguaro Lake offers a variety of recreational activities and is the site of a scenic and educational riverboat cruise.

For those reasons, it makes a very fine day trip from Phoenix.

1. The Desert Belle

The Desert Belle riverboat has provided a pleasant and relaxing way to enjoy the beauty of Saguaro Lake for over fifty years. On this 90-minute, narrated cruise, you’ll see rugged desert and mountain beauty, birds and wildlife. The two-level boat seats 145 passengers inside an air-conditioned lower cabin, on an open deck at the front of the boat, and on the covered open-air upper deck. Seating is first come, first serve. There are bathrooms and a snack bar on board.

The Captain narrates your ride from the upper deck via an intercom system. The ride would be enjoyable even without the narration as you lean back and take in the fresh air and dramatic scenery, but it is worth paying attention to what is being said. Not only does the Captain point out places of interest and wildlife you might otherwise miss, he provides interesting information about the history, geology, plants, and wildlife of the lake, along with fun Arizona myths and trivia.

With only snacks available on the Desert Belle, you may wish to have a more substantial meal before or after your cruise. The Lakeshore Restaurant at the Marina overlooks the lake and offers indoor and outdoor dining. You can take in panoramic views of the mountains or watch the ducks in the water closer to shore.

The Desert Belle sails two to three times a day, depending on the season. Although tickets can be purchased at the walk-up ticket booth if there is still room on the boat, buying advance tickets is recommended to guarantee a seat. Note that payment at the ticket booth is via credit card, check, or traveler’s check. Cash is not accepted at the booth. Credit/debit cards are not accepted on the boat. Snacks and drinks must be purchased with cash. The boat is accessible to people with disabilities. In addition to its regular, narrated cruises, the Desert Belle has special wine, craft beer, and live music sailings. Check the website for details.

2. See Saguaro Cacti

Saguaro Lake is named for the saguaro cactus. The Sonoran desert is the only natural habitat of this iconic symbol of the American west. Although saguaros can reach heights of 40 to 60 feet, they are very slow-growing; a ten-year-old saguaro may be less than a couple of inches tall. It takes 75 to 100 years for saguaros to grow the first of their signature arms. Mature saguaros may have a dozen arms. Others grow none. White saguaro blooms appear on the top of the cactus in May or June, and sometimes as early as April. The fleeting blooms open at night and last through midday. The saguaro flower is the state flower of Arizona.

The scenery changes as you cruise around the lake. Given the lake’s name, you may not be surprised to see saguaros of varying sizes dotting the cliffs and flatlands amid other desert shrubs and cacti. At times, a lone saguaro appears to be growing out of pure rock. However, it may surprise you to discover diverse ecosystems in the lake basin. You’ll pass stands of mesquite and ironwood trees and marshlands filled with cattails.

3. View Wildlife

Many types of birds live here. You may see bald eagles, woodpeckers, hawks, vultures, blue herons, cactus wrens, cardinals, quail, or thrashers. You may also spot wildlife along the shore and up the sides of the mountains. Bighorn sheep are the most common, but the area is also home to coyotes, bobcats, mountain lions, and deer. Bring binoculars.

4. Water Activities

For those who are interested in more active water activities, Saguaro Lake offers opportunities for boating, kayaking, sailing, waterskiing, and jet skiing. The lake is also a popular fishing hole. It is known for its largemouth bass, but carp, bluegill, rainbow trout, crappie, catfish, walleye, and other kinds of bass are also found. The Arizona Fish and Game Department stocks rainbow trout. (Note that an Arizona fishing license is required.)

Find boat rentals and fishing supplies at Precision Marine at Saguaro Lake Marina.

5. Hiking

For those interested in walking through the scenic Sonoran desert surrounding the lake, Butcher Jones Trail skirts the edge of the lake and winds in and out of the many coves. Suitable for all skill levels, the trail is a total of four miles in and back. It has minimal elevation changes and offers beautiful mountain and lake views. Burro Cove at the end of the trail is a popular fishing spot.

The trailhead is located in the Butcher Jones Recreational Area where you’ll also find a beach and a picnic area.

6. Overnight At The Lake

Bagley Flat Campground is located about four miles from the dam. The 30-site campground is accessible only by boat. There are picnic tables, grills and toilet facilities, but no drinking water and no trash facility. Bring your own drinking water and take your trash with you when you leave.

For overnight accommodations accessible by land and with more amenities, consider Saguaro Lake Guest Ranch. Saguaro Lake Ranch was created out of the work camp built in 1927 for workers building the Stewart Mountain Dam. It later operated as a fishing lodge before it became a guest ranch. Its twenty rustic ranchette cottages feature traditional Western decor. There is a buffet-style dining hall. Amenities to keep you active include a swimming pool, a shuffleboard court, a ping pong table, badminton, and volleyball. Try your hand at kayaking or tubing in the warmer months. Go horseback riding for an “Old West” experience. Trail rides, available full-time from October through April, take you through the majestic Goldfield Mountain range and along the Lower Salt River.

7. Dine With A View

Enjoy a magnificent view of the lake and the mountains while dining at Shiprock Restaurant. Located at Saguaro Lake Marina, the restaurant offers both indoor and patio seating. It is open for breakfast and lunch daily. Early dinners (the restaurant closes at 7 p.m.) are available on Fridays and Saturdays.

Saguaro Lake is located in Tonto National Forest. A park pass is not required to take the Desert Belle tour or to visit the marina restaurant, but you need a Tonto National Park pass to enter the area for all other activities, including boating, fishing, hiking Butcher Jones Trail and camping. Although the passes are not expensive, they need to be purchased before you get to the lake. Passes are available at a number of gas stations or stores in town. Details can be found on the USDA Forest Service website.

Related Reading:

• 10 Phoenix Snowbird Rentals You Need To Book Now For This Winter
• The One Phoenix Train Trip That’s Perfect For Art Lovers
• My 8 Favorite Chihuly Glass Art Pieces At Phoenix’s Desert Botanical Garden

I love to ride trains. My great-grandparents saw travel evolve from horse-drawn carriages to electric street cars, urban subways, and passenger trains.

Today, we seek fast travel by jet or a sleek car, but what about turning back the clock to railroad transit and passenger trains? There is something about the golden age of train travel that’s fun for all ages. It’s a time to slow down, relax, and let the landscape flow past us. Let’s explore train rides in Texas, great fun to share with the grandkids. All aboard!

1. Palestine To Rusk

Texas State Railroad

Step aboard a refurbished train car at the Texas State Railroad and feel like you have stepped back in time 100 years, where time slows down and tensions disappear. Relax and enjoy a 4-hour roundtrip train excursion from Palestine to Rusk and back, with vintage steam and diesel locomotives gliding through the piney woods of East Texas as the fall leaves begin to turn shades of golds, oranges, yellows, and reds.

At the depot, learn about the railroad communities, savor a bite to eat with family at the Rusk Mail Car Cafe, and shop the gifts and keepsakes at Roundhouse 1909 in Palestine. Ride comfortably, enjoy a historical narrative, meet friendly and entertaining staff, and sample food and adult beverages on your journey. The four-hour train ride breaks down to a 1.5-hour 25-mile trip to the destination depot, a one-hour lunchtime, and a 1.5-hour return trip.

In October, the Pumpkin Patch Express leaves from Rusk, a 30-minute round trip train ride, including hayrides, spooky music, bounce house, concessions, and trick-or-treating on Trick or Treat Street. Each child picks out a pumpkin to take home for carving.

Make reservations now for the Polar Express for November and December. The Presidential Class car seating is limited where a ride with Santa, keepsake Polar Express mugs, hot chocolate, and cookies make for a magical experience.

Camping facilities at the Rusk Campground offer a stay onsite at a historic railroad, with access to depot amenities including lunch, gift shop, and movie theater access on train departure days. Movies filmed on the Texas State Railroad are featured, with stars like Denzel Washington, George Clooney, John Goodman, and Sam Elliot.

2. Cedar Park To Burnet

Austin Steam Train Association

All aboard! Take the historic 6-hour, 66-mile roundtrip Hill Country Flyer from Cedar Park, north of Austin, and just east of Lake Travis, to Burnet with a brief layover there for lunch and shopping. There are at least four classes of service: excursion coach, first-class coach, first-class lounge, and adults-only first-class lounge.

The Bertram Flyer is a shorter trip, traveling from Cedar Park to Bertram, with a 15-minute layover in Bertram with enough time to tour the 1912 train depot there. The train runs from March through November on Saturdays and Sundays.

The North Pole Flyer 2021 with Santa leaves from Bertram and is a 2-hour roundtrip. Arrive at least 30 to 45 minutes before departure and be in your seat no later than 10 minutes before the train leaves. Read the Terms and Conditions about no refunds and restrictions.

Enjoy hot chocolate and the elf’s reading of the North Pole Flyer book.

Read about the vintage train cars here.

3. Grapevine To Fort Worth Stockyards

The Grapevine Vintage Railroad 

Travel from Main Street Station in Grapevine to the Fort Worth Stockyards on the Grapevine Vintage Railroad while relaxing in air-conditioned Victorian train cars. 

See the schedule for special events like Murder Mystery Trains and reserved group events.

Wear your costume on the Witches Brew Train on October 29, 2021, which features hors d’oeuvres and local draft brew served in a souvenir mug. Take time to tour the Haunted Depot. Wear your Halloween costume on the Trick ‘R Treat Trains on October 30 and enjoy this 1-hour excursion.

Make your reservations now for the hour-long North Pole Express November through December, presented by Great Wolf Lodge and Trinity Metro TEXRail. Wear your Christmas pajamas while you take a Christmas journey to Santa’s Workshop, a family-friendly trip. The After Christmas Trains run December 26 through 30, 2021, on holiday-decorated coaches as you continue the Christmas spirit.

In April, ride The Jazz Wine Train aboard the 1920s Victorian coaches with soulful jazz entertainment while sipping great Grapevine wine. Enjoy hors d’oeuvres plus a dessert trio box. Sip wine from several winery tasting rooms from a souvenir wine glass.

Bring the little ones for a Day Out With Thomas, presented by Mattel. Ride the train with the classic storybook engine and have fun with “trains, games & miles of smiles!” 

Mattel and the Museum of the American Railroad help sponsor this event. I took my grandchildren for a train ride right after Christmas on the Grapevine Railroad Stockyards Trinity River Excursion. We traveled from the Historic Fort Worth Stockyards, through Trinity Park to the 8th Avenue historic railyard, then returned to the stockyards. 

You’ll see the Great Train Heist, with greedy outlaws and the railroad detectives close behind.

4. Along The Big Cypress Bayou

Historic Jefferson Railway

The gas-powered 1910 Plymouth Locomotive called “The Critter” and the Historic Jefferson Railway take you for a ride along the Big Cypress Bayou and through the piney woods. The 40-minute ride stops at Diamond Don Gator Pit where hungry alligators have lunch.

Watch for the Boggy Creek monster, star of the 2010 horror movie, Boggy Creek, filmed locally. 

The beast resembles the old Bigfoot or Sasquatch monster, and is directed, and produced by Brian T. Jaynes.

Jefferson Train Days, happening every May, is the Historic Jefferson Train Show with operating model train layouts, Kids Corral, model train and toy vendors, and Thomas The Train Play area. You can ride the historic Jefferson Railway and the Lonesome Dove Safari and Train petting zoo.

Halloween Express runs day and evening narrated rides every Saturday in October featuring monsters of the deep. Listen to the storyteller along with this 40-minute train excursion with ghostly spirits, the monster, or Bigfoot emerging from the swamplands, but it’s not scary.

Enjoy the Christmas Express Train narrated day and evening tours with Christmas vignettes along the beautiful Big Cypress Bayou River. The New Year’s Express features beverages, noisemakers, and with the ball drop and five authentic cannons firing dramatic “dragons’ breath.”

On the last weekend In May, see the Great Locomotive Chase and Civil War Battle with reenactors from the North and South. Ride the 1870s replica steam train and hear the tale of the Andrews Raid, a thrilling railroad story. Engine #7, known as the Robert E. Lee will take you along Big Cypress Bayou, through the piney woods, where you will view a Confederate Powder Magazine and travel to the site of one of the oldest historical towns in Texas. Ride the Historic Jefferson Railway’s famous Ghost Train to experience the haunts of the Civil War.

• 8 Spectacular Fall Foliage Train Rides In The U.S.
• The World’s 7 Most Luxurious Train Rides
• 11 Beautiful Vintage Train Rides In The U.S.

When filling out your cruise itinerary, excursions are an important consideration. Some excursions are leisurely, others are active. But all contribute to the depth of experience that you will have. For an Alaskan cruise, nature and culture predominate. From learning about First Nation totems to fishing or glacier and bear encounters, these side trips will create lasting memories and add a spark to your trip.

For my first cruise to Alaska, I chose Windstar’s Alaskan Splendors itinerary on their newly renovated, all-suite Star Breeze to have a mix of sailing and exploring. The small ship was able to negotiate narrow channels, affording fabulous up-close views of America’s “last frontier” even from onboard.

Pro Tip: Windstar offers excursions with varying degrees of exertion from easy to strenuous. Be sure to ask for guidance when selecting the ones that best suit you. In case you decide to forego leaving the ship to while away the time from the top deck, you’re still likely to see humpback whales and orcas breaching nearby.

Here are my five favorite excursions that brought me deep into the culture and wild beauty of Alaska.

Windstar hosted me on this cruise, but all opinions are my own.

1. Tracking Bears

Tongass National Forest

From the port of Wrangell, we set sail on a frisky speedboat which took us to the Anan Wildlife Observatory in Tongass National Forest, a guaranteed spot for bear and eagle sightings. As I seldom experience seasickness, I sat next to the captain up front — the bumpiest of seats — as we zipped and slammed across the water. The rewards were great. Not only did I have the first mate’s sightlines, but I enjoyed a personal dialogue with the captain about what to expect when we arrived at the landing.

Spotting bears and even being around bears requires concentration and caution. We were instructed to walk single file remaining close together in a silent procession with the rifle-toting ranger, our leader and protector. Bears are serious business, and we definitely didn’t want to become fodder for their lunch. After the half-mile hike, we arrived at the viewing deck where we enjoyed a prelude of bald eagle sightings. We learned to distinguish the juvenile birds with their dark heads and mottled wings from the adults who evinced a yellow beak and a white head and tail. They soared so close that we didn’t need binoculars to view them.

Our quest, however, was to see the bears, and we had multiple ways to do so. Sometimes the black and brown bears simply strolled near the platform, triggering a mad rush as we crowded to the side to catch a glimpse. Other times, we gathered along the rail over Anan Creek to watch the hungry guys catch runs of pink salmon.

The true gift of this excursion was the chance to shelter in the intimate photo blind at stream level with salmon and bears in full view. Watching the bears’ varying degrees of success diving for, catching, and devouring their prey provided endless entertainment and awe. It was the circle of life coming full circle.

Pro Tip: You should be physically fit for this excursion. The boat ride takes about an hour and can be uncomfortable for those prone to motion sickness. The trail to the observatory is gravel and dirt with some roots and is muddy and slippery in places. To reach the photo blind, you must descend a long stairway. Also note that this is a rainforest, so dress and pack your gear appropriately.

2. Kayaking To The Glaciers

Inside Passage

Windstar offers two ways to experience the mighty fjords and icefields of Alaska’s Inside Passage from the water. You can join a zodiac tour, where the leader takes care of paddling and steering, and all you do is sit back and take in the breathtaking scenery. Or, as I preferred, snuggle into a two-person kayak, relying on coordination with your fellow boater to navigate alongside blue-tinged drift ice. We watched lazing harbor seals and bobbing otters as we made our way toward the magnificence of the glaciers and waterfalls.

Kayaking with your spouse (or with any partner for that matter) can be a challenge, but done correctly, you move serenely yet swiftly toward your goal. In the kayak, you can position yourself horizontally under waterfalls and close to the glaciers to see not only the ice but also the mountain goats that impossibly make their home high on the cliffs.

Silence is occasionally broken by the sounds of water cascading down cliffs and the thunder of calving glaciers, dripping icebergs in their wake. I felt privileged to watch the unfolding renewal of the glaciers and caught my breath each time I heard a thud.

Windstar has several excursions by kayak — one by the high waterfalls of Misty Fjords, a second to Kenai Fjords’ Harding icefield, and another to Tracy Arm-Endicott Arm’s twin glaciers. Icy water conditions often determine the destination, and we were directed to Endicott Arm on my excursion. Bordered by steep rock walls and glacier-covered mountains, this teal-sapphire blue passage afforded a front-row seat to the impressive Dawes Glacier. I left feeling very small, smaller than usual in this amazing landscape.

Pro Tip: If the trip turns inclement, you always have a choice to return to the ship by zodiac. On the other hand, I completed a 2-hour kayak in a downpour, counting on the many rain-resistant layers I wore to protect me. It was an experience I’ll never forget.

3. Dogsledding On The Glacier

Juneau

In Juneau, Alaska’s state capital, we met our pilot for a dogsledding adventure on Mendenhall Glacier. We watched a short instructional film and were given special boots for walking on ice and snow, a noise-blocking headset with a microphone for the helicopter flight, and guidance on how to best enjoy the view of the massive blue-tinged icefield from above.

Our chopper ride was even more adventurous than anticipated. The fog (and wind) had started rolling in, and we were the last flight allowed to the glacier that day. First there were green mountains, then snow-covered ones, and finally glaciers appearing through almost whiteout conditions. Had the weather worsened, we might have spent the night at the dog camp with the mushers rather than returning to the Star Breeze. I felt like Neil Armstrong landing on the moon.

The dogsled ride was thrilling. We zipped through the all-white setting, led by a spirited team of canines. I alternated sitting in the sled or standing in the back with the musher. With the weather turning nastier by the minute, we started to fantasize about camping with the pups and their very special trainers, some of whom had participated in the Iditarod race. We had just enough time after our glide across the glacier to meet the dogs up close, pet them and learn a little about life on Mendenhall before boarding our chopper in the thickening mist.

Pro Tip: Does it take a bit of courage to do this trip? Well, yes. Especially if you’ve never been in a helicopter before. And once you land, you have a couple of choices to make: sitting in the sleigh as you careen across the snow, or taking a big sip of courage and standing on the wooden ski-like pedals at the back where you join with the dogs and musher in controlling speed and braking.

4. A Wildlife Safari

Sitka

Taking to the water allowed for another type of animal encounter. This time, on a small ferry-like boat from Sitka and narrated and guided by a naturalist, we searched for sea otters, eagles, and the very lazy harbor seals that seem to enjoy cuddling as much as hunting for fish.

This quest is hit-or-miss. You can circle and circle and see nothing for significant periods of time. You might distinguish more cloud shapes than animal silhouettes for a while, but when the animals appear, it’s magical. Bald eagles sit perched in treetops. Otters pop their furry heads up for a moment, diving back underwater almost as quickly as they appear. It occurred to me for a brief moment that I could have seen more marine life at my city aquarium. But what set this apart are the majesty of the setting and the unpredictability of nature as it reveals itself like the tease of the humpbacks we could only see at a distance.

5. A Vintage Locomotive Trip

Skagway

Listed as an International Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the White Pass & Yukon Railroad in the gold rush town of Skagway dates from 1898. Tracing the steep route followed by Klondike Gold Rush Stampeders, a vintage railcar leaves Skagway depot traveling on a narrow-gauge railway overlooking gorges and scenic landmarks with evocative names like Bridal Veil Falls and Dead Horse Gulch. If you’re adventurous, this is a great excursion, and if you’re a photographer, it’s a real winner.

Between the cars, a moving platform beckons the daring to stand in the outdoors, caressed by the wind and protected from falling only by waist-high, wrought-iron railings. It’s pretty chilly out there, but the views make up for it as you ascend 2,888 feet. The “money shot,” from a photographic point-of-view, is a curve of the train’s front or back end, showing the cars in crescent formation as they round a bend.

There were many more “Kodak moments,” like when you traverse a wooden bridge high over the valley or enter a long tunnel and emerge from the dark to a burst of sunlight. White Pass Summit gave me a shiver as well — both U.S. and Canadian flags fly at the boundary between the two countries.

Pro Tip: Restored gold-rush town Skagway is a vivid historical immersion with museums focusing on the challenges (and lawlessness) of the prospectors, a saloon with a kitschy bordello tour (yes, it really was a brothel), and a 19th-century brewery updated slightly for today’s visitors. Don’t forget to look down — Skagway’s sidewalks are made of wood.

Windstar’s Alaskan Splendors Cruise

The 11-day itinerary from Alaska to Vancouver left from Seward, a 2 1/2-hour bus ride from Anchorage along Seward Highway, a designated National Forest Scenic Byway. While this wasn’t a scheduled excursion, it might well have been, passing along mountain-rimmed Turnagain Arm with non-stop, stunning vistas.

Camden embodies Maine’s “Vacationland” reputation with its laid-back, kick-your-feet-up style, inviting you to enjoy the natural beauty of its rugged coastline.

The quaint seaside town of Camden is situated on Penobscot Bay. With ocean views, scenic drives, outdoor adventure, and a welcoming community, Camden is the quintessential New England coastal small town. It is also a lovely place to enjoy a weekend getaway.

Best Things To Do In Camden

Camden is nature’s playground. At your fingertips are numerous outdoor activities, including hiking, sailing, fishing, and swimming.

Here are some of our favorite things to do in the area.

1. Sail Penobscot Bay

Schooner Surprise

Uncork your bottle and pour a glass while you sit back and let your captain navigate Penobscot Bay — it’s the perfect way to spend a sunny afternoon in Camden.

If you don’t have your own yacht, book a 2-hour tour on the 45-foot Schooner Surprise. You will find yourself whisked away from the mainland with a gentle wind guiding the boat over the bay waters. Relax as the crew unfurls the jib and hoists the mainsail. Your captain will regale you with stories of Camden history, intermittently stopping to point out local wildlife. You will find your mind drifting with the wave swells.

Maine Windjammer Cruises

Another highly recommended sailing adventure is with Maine Windjammer Cruises. Sail away without a care in the world and explore coastal Maine from your unique perch on the side of a beautiful ship.

Don’t forget to snap a photo of Camden’s charming Curtis Island Lighthouse at the entrance of Camden Harbor.

2. Camden Hills State Park

Camden Hills State Park is an outdoor oasis for the nature enthusiast. For a nominal parking fee, you can enjoy everything the park offers. The park has picnic sites, hiking trails, and campsites, but the star is Mount Battie with its spectacular summit views.

3. Mount Battie

The trek to the top of the 780-foot Mount Battie is a mile-long out-and-back hike. Rated as moderate, the hike is a well-traveled path requiring some scrambling. If that’s not your thing, you can easily take the quick drive up the auto road. The expansive views of Penobscot Bay and Camden Harbor from the summit are gorgeous. On a clear day, you can see as far as Cadillac Mountain in Acadia National Park.

A longer trail for the hardy hiker is Mount Megunticook, Maiden Cliff, and Mount Battie Loop. Rated as hard by AllTrails, the 8.6-mile loop trail offers pretty overlooks and will get your heart pumping.

If you are looking for the perfect picnic spot, the top of Mount Battie is top-notch. You will often encounter locals lounging on camp chairs next to matching folding tables enjoying a picnic lunch. It is one of the best places for an alfresco meal in town.

Spend some time wandering around the summit and scouting out the best place for your selfie, and then climb Mount Battie Tower. A World War I memorial, the 26-foot-tall stone tower provides the most spectacular panoramic views.

4. Laite Memorial Beach

Laite Memorial Beach is a family-friendly beach located in the center of Camden. The pebbly shoreline is a fun place for exploration. Situated next to a grassy park that has a playground, outdoor grills, and picnic tables, the beach offers all the traditional day-at-the-beach comforts. Laite Memorial Beach is a local favorite, and one of the best ways to experience an area is to act like a local. When in Camden…

5. Barrett’s Cove At Megunticook Lake

Barrett’s Cove at Megunticook Lake is a sandy beach with lake swimming, uncrowded shores, and spectacular views of the Camden Hills. Bring your lunch and enjoy the public outdoor grills and picnic tables while feasting your eyes on Mother Nature’s boundless beauty. Barrett’s Cove has a public boat ramp for the water enthusiasts in your party. It also has rock-climbing facilities where you can tackle the looming Barrett’s Cove Cliff.

6. Megunticook Lake

Megunticook Lake is a pristine, spring-fed mountain lake by the bay. The lake community is a perfect retreat for the outdoor adventurer and the quiet nature lover. Glide your kayak around the still morning lake, try your hand at trout or bass fishing, or take a leisurely hike around the lake.

Ducktrap Kayak and SUP will deliver kayaks and stand-up paddleboard rentals to your cabin at Megunticook Lake. Relax, take your time, and explore the lake. The rhythmic paddling paired with the beautiful vistas is Mother Nature’s spa treatment.

7. The Fox Islands

Vinalhaven and North Haven, collectively known as the Fox Islands, make a wonderful place for a day trip. The 1.25-hour Vinalhaven Ferry ride is an adventure on its own. You’ll sail out of Rockland Harbor, past Owl’s Head, and across Penobscot Bay.

The islands offer wonderful hiking trails, inlets for kayaking, quarry pond swimming holes, and nature preserves for your outdoor enjoyment.

8. Camden Harbor Park And Amphitheatre

You will love strolling through Camden Harbor Park and the adjacent amphitheatre. The Camden Public Library oversees the two spaces. It is a beautiful spot to sit and enjoy the sailboats while taking a break from sightseeing.

9. Camden Snow Bowl

The Camden Snow Bowl is a small ski resort that offers big ocean views. The unique experience of standing at the top of a run and looking down at Penobscot Bay is a mind-boggling mix of winter and summer.

The United States National Toboggan Championships take place here every February. More than 400 teams hop on their toboggans and brave the ice-covered wooden chute. Reaching speeds of up to 45 miles per hour, they joyfully experience the need for speed on their toboggan runs. These brave racers will have your heart pumping with excitement as they whiz by on their freefall trip down the mountain.

With year-round accessibility, the Camden Snow Bowl is a fun place to hike, mountain bike, or kayak on Hosmer Pond.

10. Shopping In Camden

The downtown harbor area is home to unique, independently owned shops offering everything from touristy souvenirs to quality wines.

For a Maine memento, visit The Smiling Cow, where the goods are covered with lobsters, moose, and all things Maine.

French & Brawn is the place to shop for quality groceries and picnic provisions, whether you are heading out on a sail or dining at the top of Mount Battie.

Best Restaurants In Camden

The catch of the day is music to any seafood lover’s ears. Camden centers on the harbor, where an eclectic mix of lobster boats, deep-sea fishing vessels, schooners, and private yachts gently bob on their moorings.

Here are some of the best places to taste that fresh seafood.

McLoon’s Lobster Shack

Reclining in a pair of Adirondack chairs overlooking an old wharf harboring lobstering boats while munching on a classic lobster roll is quintessentially Maine fine dining.

McLoon’s Lobster Shack is located on Spruce Head Island. The drive to McLoon’s from Camden is about 30 minutes, taking you through winding coastal back roads. When you think you are truly lost, the parking lot finally appears in front of you. Your adventure will be rewarded with one of the best lobster rolls you have ever eaten. McLoon’s offers delicious classic seafood, but the hot buttered lobster roll is, by far, the most popular item on the menu.

Waterfront

Perched on the edge of Camden Harbor, Waterfront offers guests traditional coastal seafood on a wooden porch with spectacular harbor views. Dine on classics like lobster stew, Atlantic haddock fish and chips, and local whole-belly fried clams. The view and the cuisine are so classically Maine that you will want to come back again and again.

Sea Dog Brewing Co.

Stop in at Sea Dog Brewing Co., a Main Street staple, for a craft beer or a sample flight to pair with their classic American pub fare. Enjoying the fried pickle chips, the classic Reuben, and a quality draft is the perfect way to end a day spent discovering Camden.

Best Hotels In Camden

Camden offers a multitude of charming inns that specialize in making their guests feel right at home. Camping and lakefront rentals round out the cozy accommodation options for your weekend getaway.

Camden Maine Stay Inn

Situated on the outskirts of the busy harbor, Camden Maine Stay Inn, a charming bed and breakfast, is the perfect blend of casual luxury and art gallery. Innkeepers Peter and Janis Kesser are committed to making your weekend getaway special. The charmingly decorated guest rooms, the serene outdoor oasis, and the cozy common rooms decorated with an eclectic collection of art will win you over. Their long list of adoring guests return year after year for the warm hospitality and scrumptious breakfast.

Located on High Street, close to downtown Camden and nestled in with other graceful old Victorian homes, the Camden Main Stay Inn is the perfect spot for a weekend getaway.

The Steeples

Listed on the National Register of Historic Places, The Steeples is a converted church that offers views of Camden Harbor, is within walking distance of the downtown restaurants and shops, and is run by James, a highly rated Airbnb Superhost. The serenely decorated interior allows the preserved architecture of the church to shine through. Warm woodwork, sun-soaked stained glass windows, and lofty ceilings make The Steeples a truly special place to stay on your weekend getaway.

Lord Camden Inn

Another beautiful 19th-century stay is the Lord Camden Inn. It is the perfect spot if you are visiting the Camden Opera House for a performance, shopping downtown, or exploring the Merryspring Nature Center.

Your Weekend Getaway In Camden, Maine

Camden is a wonderful place to spend a weekend getaway. It is so relaxing, and there are so many wonderful things to do, that you might want to consider making it a long weekend getaway.

Other wonderful Maine coastal towns like Belfast, Portland, and Lincolnville make perfect stops along a mid-coast Maine road trip when you are in the Camden area.

If you love coastal road trips, try this one from Boston to Rockport, Massachusetts.